Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / CCL Industries Inc

CCL Industries Inc

ccl.b:ca · TSX Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker ccl.b:ca
Exchange TSX
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · CCL Industries Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Sustainable

Future

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 8

www.cclind.com

21,000
Employees

168
Production Facilities

40
Countries

6
Continents

CCL 

Avery

Innovia 

Checkpoint 

CCL is the world’s largest 
converter of pressure sensitive 
and specialty extruded film 
materials for a wide range of 
decorative, instructional, functional 
and security applications for 
government institutions and large 
global customers in the consumer 
packaging, healthcare & chemicals, 
consumer electronic device and 
automotive markets. Extruded & 
laminated plastic tubes, aluminum 
aerosols & specialty bottles, 
folded instructional leaflets, 
precision decorated & die cut 
components, electronic displays, 
polymer banknote substrate and 
other complementary products 
and services are sold in parallel to 
specific end-use markets.

North America 
represents 

42% 

of total sales.

Avery is the world’s largest supplier 
of labels, specialty converted 
media and software solutions 
for short-run digital printing 
applications for businesses and 
consumers available alongside 
complementary products sold 
through distributors, mass-market 
stores and e-commerce retailers.

Innovia is a leading global 
producer of specialty, high-
performance, multi-layer, 
surface engineered films for 
label, packaging and security 
applications.

Checkpoint is a leading developer 
of RF and RFID-based technology 
systems for loss prevention 
and inventory management 
applications, including labeling 
and tagging solutions, for the retail 
and apparel industries worldwide.

Europe 
represents

33%  

of total sales.

Emerging Markets  
represent 

25%  

of total sales.

CAUTION  ABOUT  FORWARD-LOOKING  INFORMATION  This  annual  report  contains  forward-looking  information  and  forward-looking  statements,  as  defined  under  applicable  securities  laws, 
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “forward-looking statements”) that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by, but not limited to, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans” or similar 
expressions. Statements regarding the operations, business, financial condition, priorities, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of the Company, other than statements of historical fact, are 
forward-looking statements. Specifically, this annual report contains forward-looking statements regarding the anticipated growth in sales, income and profitability of the Company’s segments; the 
Company’s improvement in market share; the Company’s capital spending levels and planned capital expenditures in 2019; the adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the Company’s targeted 
return on equity, improved return on total capital, adjusted earnings per share, EBITDA growth rates and dividend payout; the Company’s effective tax rate; the Company’s ongoing business strategy; the 
Company’s expectations regarding general business and economic conditions; the Company’s expectations regarding the completion of the Hinsitsu acquisition; the impact of easing polypropylene 
resin costs; the Company’s expectations that Avery will continue to open up new revenue and profit opportunities in short-run digital printing applications, cross-selling opportunities and consolidation 
in new territories; Checkpoint will capture sale and profit growth from the evolving radio-frequency identification (“RFID”) market and will consider complementary and tuck-in business acquisitions; 
and the new manufacturing line for Innovia in Mexico will increase plant capacity by fifty percent.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties relating to future events and conditions including, but not limited to, 
the impact of competition; consumer confidence and spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit availability; technological 
change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-
looking statements as the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are also based on a number of 
assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; improved customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a 
global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate acquired businesses; 
the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability to pass on polypropylene resin cost increases to its customers; the availability of cash and credit; 
fluctuations of currency exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. Should one or more risks materialize or should any 
assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this report 
and particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties” of the MD&A.

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring or other special items announced or occurring after the statements 
are made may have on the business. Such statements do not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, acquisitions, other 
business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-
recurring and other special items can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them and therefore cannot be described in a meaningful way in advance of knowing specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this annual report and the Company does not assume any obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new 
events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc., its subsidiary companies and equity-accounted investments. 

 
20 18   L ET T E R   TO   S H A R E H O L D E RS

CCL Industries delivered another strong year in 2018...The Company 

has paid dividends without omission or reduction for more than three 

decades...Deep industry experience and an entrepreneurial spirit 

remain mandates for all key operating leadership roles.

Donald G. Lang

Executive Chairman

Geoffrey T. Martin

President and  

Chief Executive Officer

CCL Industries delivered another strong year in 2018, reaching sales of $5.2 billion and net earnings of $467 million, slightly below 
the 2017 result, aided by a one-time $40 million tax benefit from the United States Tax Cuts & Jobs Act. Solid 4.8% organic sales 
growth for the CCL Segment and 4.7% at Checkpoint drove our top line, and while both Avery and Innovia profits declined, this 
was more than offset by acquisitions. Reported sales increased 8.5% and adjusted basic earnings per Class B share* improved 
from $2.69 in 2017 to $2.73 in 2018; foreign currency translation effects were nominal. Restructuring charges and other expenses 
were $15 million in 2018, compared to $11 million in 2017, with transaction fees for the Treofan acquisition and pension expense 
relating  to  a  landmark  legal  judgment  affecting  all  U.K.  defined  benefit  pension  schemes  being  the  main  items.  The  balance 
largely related to restructuring charges to improve Checkpoint, Avery and Innovia. Free cash flow from operations* (“operating 
cash flows”) was a record $443 million.

Global Economy

The world remained volatile in 2018, with tensions around trade and Brexit dominating the agenda. 2019 looks set to mark the 
longest  continuous  period  of  global  economic  expansion  since  1945.  Nevertheless,  everything  has  a  beginning  and  an  end. 
Timing  of  economic  changes  are  impossible  to  predict,  but  the  clock  is  ticking  and  we  know  the  next  move  is  unlikely  to  be 
positive. Therefore, our modus operandi is to get prepared for a period where the external world will become more challenging 
than it has been for more than a decade.

CCL Segment

CCL outperformed again in 2018, with sales reaching $3.3 billion with 4.8% organic growth on top of 6.2% in 2017. Geographically, 
we delivered solid progress in North America, strong growth in Latin America and Asia moderated by a flat outcome in Europe 
while our joint ventures in the Middle East and Russia had record years. Excluding the impact of currency translation, worldwide 
sales increased 7.2%, and operating income* improved 8.0% compared to 2017. EBITDA* breached $700 million for the first time, 
a margin of 21.7%.

1

2018 Annual Report2 0 1 8   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

Home & Personal Care operations delivered high-single-digit organic growth globally on market share gains in both labels and 
tubes.  Sales  in  the  sector  passed  $1  billion  for  the  first  time.  Organic  growth  was  strongest  in  North  America  and  Asia  with 
solid  results  in  Latin  America  while  Europe  lagged,  although  still  posting  modest  gains.  Results  included  a  significant  profit 
contribution from our new plant in Columbus, Ohio. Emerging Markets were strongest in ASEAN countries, China and the Middle 
East. Aluminum aerosols had a solid year with revenues up mid-single digit for 2018; results in Mexico were especially strong.  
A  fire  interrupted  the  start-up  of  our  aluminum  slug  joint  venture  in  the  U.S.  that  is  expected  to  provide  raw  materials  to  our 
aerosol plants; production will not restart until mid-2019, at the earliest.

Healthcare  &  Specialty  sales  increased  mid-single-digit  but  profitability  for  the  year  was  flat.  Tough  conditions  in  a  highly 
consolidated Agricultural Chemical industry and market challenges in Healthcare, especially for generic drugs, drove heightened 
cost-conscious decision making at many customers. North American results were flat, Europe declined but Emerging Markets’ 
profits improved on excellent performance in China and Brazil while losses in Australia reduced significantly.

Food & Beverage again delivered outstanding results in 2018 on strong double-digit organic sales growth with significant profit 
improvement driving record high operating margins. All product lines and geographic regions progressed but Sleeves excelled, 
especially in North America. Major new capacity expansions in the United States, UK and Russia will form a base for sales growth 
in 2019 and beyond. Good performance continued globally for Pressure Sensitive Labels using our proprietary coating technology 
for “wash-off” labels on glass and PET bottles. New plant constructions are underway in Brazil, China and South Africa for this 
product line. Wine & Spirits growth was also strong, including the consolidation of our business in Chile, which had its first full 
year under 100% ownership. The Closure Label business also had another good year as we completed a new plant in Switzerland 
and added capacity in the United States to complement our existing footprint in Brazil, France, Korea and Thailand.

CCL Design growth all came from the electronics sector as automotive and alkaline battery sales declined in markets that have 
at best plateaued. Modest sales progress was all foreign exchange and acquisition driven. Underlying profitability followed the 
sales  trend  but  $4  million  of  start-up  costs  at  our  new  campus  serving  automotive  customers  in  Guanajuato,  Mexico,  further 
impacted results. We underestimated the time needed to qualify at OEMs at a new plant in a new country for this business. We 
have now secured important new orders for the plant, but reaching profitability is unlikely before 2020, as the new programs 
will take time to ramp up. The highlight of the year was the performance of our Asian units supplying electronics OEMs posting 
solid sales growth and good gains in profitability, in part due to a strong U.S. dollar in which we transact globally in this space. In 
Europe, we acquired new capability to manufacture graphic overlays with membrane switches and moved into a state-of-the-art 
label manufacturing plant near Stuttgart to provide space to grow in the German industrial and automotive sector. We acquired 
a presence in Israel, an important technology-driven country, and late in the year announced a transaction giving CCL Design 
presence in Vietnam, a critical supply chain country for electronics customers. Operating margins in this sector still lag the CCL 
Segment average and remain a focus area for improvement.

CCL Secure’s polymer banknote business met expectations for the year, driven by an exceptionally strong first quarter, but was 
unable to match 2017’s profitability due to large, high-margin new currency issues for a European country that benefitted the prior 
year. Results at our Australian operations improved significantly, while the U.K. and Mexico declined. In the United States, timing 
of stamp orders and share loss in security documents resulted in a decline in sales and profitability. Project pipeline for 2019 and 
beyond is encouraging. Operating margins are above the CCL Segment average, but the quarterly margin differential has a wide 
range driven by mix and volatile sales order patterns in the government sector.

Avery 

Sales and profitability declined in 2018, but Avery posted outstanding operating cash flows* that exceeded operating income.* 
Consumer preference for purchasing online led to performance challenges and subsequent changes of ownership at a number 
of our larger distribution partners in North America, hurting our top line. In addition, ongoing secular decline in the ring binder 
category, combined with increased offshore sourcing of back-to-school volumes by mass-market retailers, led to a significant 
drop in sales and profitability for this product line. Double-digit growth with e-commerce retailers and our own direct-to-consumer 
product lines, which exceeded $100 million in sales including a first-time contribution from our 2018 Imprint Plus acquisition, 
partly offset. European growth from direct-to-consumer businesses, foreign exchange and acquisitions also offset but smaller 
international  operations  declined.  Operating  income  declined  $19  million  to  $146  million  on  sales  of  $712  million,  a  return  on 
sales* of 20.4%. Avery continues to deliver the highest return on capital and operating cash flow* as a percentage of sales in  
the Company.

2

2018 Annual ReportCheckpoint 

Checkpoint  exceeded  expectations  in  2018  with  sales  of  $713  million,  up  4.7%  organically,  while  operating  income  increased 
$14 million, passing $100 million for the first time with a margin of 14.2%. Operating cash flow* almost matched 2017, despite 
significant  investments  in  our  supply  chain  infrastructure.  The  most  important  additions  were  radio  frequency  identification 
(“RFID”) assets giving us capability to manufacture our own inlays. RFID in the apparel to retail supply chain is growing rapidly; 
near universal adoption globally over the next decade looks a distinct possibility as the technology improves. We invested in our 
new HALO hardware and software platforms to help customers implement RFID more effectively. In our core electronic article 
surveillance business, we launched our new NEO gate system that has the widest signal read in the industry and a raft of new 
hard tag and label products to protect high theft merchandise. All of these initiatives supported a return to growth in our core 
Merchandise Availability business aided by two large chain-wide technology orders for U.S. and European retailers implemented 
in late 2017 and early 2018. Our apparel labeling business posted solid growth and significant  profitability gains that contributed 
materially to the improvement in overall results, although margins still have considerable scope to improve.

Innovia

Results included contributions from the Treofan acquisition closed in mid-year. Sales reached $482 million with a 12.1% EBITDA* 
margin compared to 15.9% in 2017. Inflation drove the decline, rising resins in particular, and we singularly failed to pass rising 
costs along to customers anywhere near fast enough. At legacy Innovia operations, resin inflation has now passed the $50 million 
mark since acquiring the business in early 2017. Treofan was also impacted by a U.S. resin spike in the summer of 2018 affecting 
fourth quarter profitability; prices have since returned to first half 2018 levels. In Europe, resin markets eased in the second half 
of the year after a long sustained hike; the trend continues in the early weeks of 2019. New customer pricing programs take effect 
at the beginning of 2019. Highlights for the year were at our internal supply plants in Germany, and especially Australia, that feed 
our CCL Label and CCL Secure businesses with films. In the second quarter of 2019, we start up our new extrusion line in Mexico, 
the largest of its kind in the world and the single most significant industrial infrastructure in the Company. Our plant in Mexico 
remains sold out and badly needs this new capacity and capability, but we will face some start-up costs in 2019 to bed down the 
new line. We hope 2019 will be an improved, but still transitional year, for a better future in the 2020s. 

Delivering to Shareholders 

Following our February 2019 Board meeting, we announced a 31% increase in the dividend to keep pace with the step change 
in  the  Company’s  earnings  over  the  last  few  years.  The  annualized  dividend  now  stands  at  $0.68,  up  295%  over  the  last 
five  years.  The  Company  has  paid  dividends  without  omission  or  reduction  for  more  than  three  decades.  Despite  spending  
$366 million on acquisitions, the Company’s net debt to EBITDA ratio ended 2018 comfortably inside investment grade territory 
and broadly the same as last year at 1.91 times. Priorities for 2019 include improving the performance of Innovia, sustaining organic 
growth in our other businesses, adding bolt-on transactions that meet our disciplined valuation metrics while paying down debt 
to build capacity for the future. Working capital results remain at the top end of our peer group. Net of disposals, we invested  
$330  million  in  capital  expenditures  to  improve  productivity,  expand  capabilities  and  add  to  geographic  reach,  compared  to  
$278  million  in  depreciation  and  amortization  expense.  We  plan  to  invest  $350  million  in  2019  compared  to  an  expected  
$341  million  depreciation  and  amortization  expense.  With  97%  of  sales  outside  Canada,  CCL  continues  to  provide  domestic 
shareholders with considerable geographic risk diversification.

Leadership and Governance

With  168  manufacturing  facilities  in  40  countries  around  the  world,  CCL  needs  global  citizens  to  head  our  major  operating 
units and a diverse cadre of country/regional leadership in emerging markets. Deep industry experience and an entrepreneurial 
spirit  remain  mandates  for  all  key  operating  leadership  roles.  Local  people,  without  exception,  head  our  structures  in  Eastern 
Europe,  Asia  and  Latin  America.  Given  the  growing  importance  of  Asia,  we  established  a  small  corporate  office  in  Singapore 
supporting country leaders and overseeing financial matters. Our team includes developing younger people preparing for the 
next generation at the top, coupled with industry veterans, some with more than four decades of experience. We were saddened 
in late 2018 to lose John Pedroli, former head of our North American CCL businesses, who passed away after a long battle with 
cancer. John sponsored the careers of many of our current leaders, most recently as a wise mentor in a part-time, pre-retirement 
capacity to a number of them. We will not forget him. Given our decentralized philosophy, the corporate team strives to be agile, 
minimalist and technically excellent, recognizing its responsibilities to the broader stakeholder community. 

3

2018 Annual Report2 0 1 8   L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

Ned Guillet, Director and Chairman of the Company’s Human Resources Committee, has advised that he intends to retire from 
the Board of Directors and that he will not stand for re-election at the 2019 annual shareholders’ meeting, expected to be held in 
May. Ned brought deep knowledge of all governance matters in his field, significant insight into our consumer customers, global 
experience and a sensitivity to the importance of people at CCL, all combined with a great sense of humour and an easy-going 
personality. We thank him for his invaluable guidance and wise counsel during his tenure. We are very pleased that Alan Horn has 
agreed to stand for election to the Board at the 2019 annual shareholders’ meeting. Alan previously served as a Director of the 
Company from 2008 to 2017 and is currently President and CEO of Rogers Telecommunications Limited.

Sustainability

This subject moved to the top of mind across our stakeholders as the world confronts both climate change and population growth, 
challenging declining natural resources. CCL’s strategy is to help customers meet their sustainability targets while reducing the 
planetary impact of our own manufacturing processes, materials and products. We design new plants to the latest standards to 
conserve energy while using sustainable materials, and many international operations have ISO 14001 and 16001 environmental 
certifications. Multi-trip returnable systems in collaborative logistic partnerships with suppliers and customers replace corrugated 
boxes and traditional wood pallets. Label products include paper face stocks based on Forest Stewardship Council certification, 
and our patented clear film pressure sensitive, wash-off labels facilitate multi-trip use of glass bottles and enable closed-loop PET 
bottle consumption with easy label removal in reprocessing systems. Release liner recycling and down-gauged films for pressure 
sensitive labels matched to bottle substrate improve the sustainability of one of our core technologies. We manufacture plastic 
tubes using post-consumer resins, while our aluminum aerosol products have a zero waste manufacturing process. Checkpoint’s 
“Hard  Tag  at  Source”  initiative  facilitates  closed  loop  reuse  of  electronic  article  surveillance  tags  removed  at  retail  point  of 
purchase  for  apparel.  CCL  Secure’s  polymer  banknotes  eliminate  waste  by  reducing  the  frequency  of  replacing  banknotes  in 
circulation. Unlike paper currency, polymer notes easily reprocess into secondary recycling at end of life. The diversity of these 
initiatives demonstrates the importance of our focus on customers’ sustainability initiatives; if they succeed, we succeed.

2019 Outlook 

We enter 2019 with a cautious outlook given all the uncertainties in today’s world. Orders have been solid but more checkered 
than normal, with some business lines and geographies surprisingly robust, others muted. Upside at some of our underperforming 
businesses gives potential to progress even in a world where demand might slow down.

We close, as always, recognizing the immense contributions of a diverse population of more than 20,000 dedicated employees. 
We believe our decentralized operating philosophy, giving responsibility and accountability down to the front line, brings results. 
We hope it also makes our Company an interesting and rewarding place for people to work. In our rapidly expanding emerging 
market organization, we try to change the lives of our people and their families as we improve the standards of our industry in 
these locations. We also thank our customers and suppliers in equal measure for their support as we strive to be their best partner 
in our chosen fields. Without them, we would simply not exist.

Donald G. Lang 
Executive Chairman 

Geoffrey T. Martin 
President and Chief Executive Officer

*  Non-IFRS measures; see Section 5A of CCL’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis for more detail.

4

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share and ratio data)

Sales 

EBITDA 

% of sales 

Restructuring and other items 

Net earnings  

% of sales  

Basic earnings per Class B share
Net earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 
Dividends  

As at December 31

Total assets 
Net debt* 
Total equity 
Net debt to EBITDA* 
Return on equity (before other expenses)*   
Number of employees (approximately) 

* 

 A non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

 $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
 $ 

2018 

5,161.5 

995.3 

19.3% 

14.8 

466.8 

9.0% 

2.64 
2.61 
2.73 
0.52 

7,027.6 
1,902.5 
2,673.1 
1.91 
20.0% 

21,000 

2017  

4,755.7  

959.2 

20.2% 

11.3 

474.1 

10.0% 

2.70 
2.66 
2.69 
0.46 

6,144.0 
1,773.9  
2,157.9  
1.85 
24.0% 

20,000 

% 

8.5%

3.8% 

(1.5%)

(2.2%)
(1.9%)
1.5%
13.0%

14.4%
7.2% 
23.9%

5.0%

5

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of CCL Industries 
Inc. (“the Company”) relates to the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. In preparing this MD&A, the Company has 
taken  into  account  information  available  until  February  21,  2019,  unless  otherwise  noted.  This  MD&A  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the Company’s December 31, 2018, year-end consolidated financial statements, which form part of the  
CCL Industries Inc. 2018 Annual Report dated February 21, 2019. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and, unless otherwise noted, both the financial statements and this 
MD&A are expressed in Canadian dollars as the reporting currency. The major measurement currencies of the Company’s 
operations  are  the  Canadian  dollar,  U.S.  dollar,  euro,  Argentine  peso,  Australian  dollar,  Bangladeshi  taka,  Brazilian  real, 
Chilean peso, Chinese renminbi, Danish krone, Hong Kong dollar, Hungarian forint, Indian rupee, Israeli shekel, Japanese yen, 
Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso, New Zealand dollar, Philippine peso, Polish zloty, Russian ruble, Singaporean dollar, South 
African rand, South Korean won, Swiss franc, Thai baht, Turkish lira, U.K. pound sterling and Vietnamese dong. All per Class B 
non-voting share (“Class B share”) amounts in this document are expressed on an undiluted basis, unless otherwise indicated. 
The Company’s Audit Committee and its Board of Directors (the “Board”) have reviewed this MD&A to ensure consistency 
with the approved strategy and results of the business.

I N D E X

1.  Corporate Overview

8 
8  A)  The Company

8  B)  Customers and Markets

8  C)  Strategy and Financial Targets

11  D)  Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions

12  E)  Subsequent Events

12  F)  Consolidated Annual Financial Results

14  G)  Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

18  2.  Business Segment Review
18  A)  General

21  B)  CCL Segment

23  C)  Avery Segment

24  D)  Checkpoint Segment

25  E)  Innovia Segment

26  F)  Joint Ventures

27  3.  Financing and Risk Management
27  A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources

28  B)  Cash Flow 

28  C)  Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management  

  and Other Hedges 

29  D)  Equity and Dividends

30  E)  Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations 

31  F)  Controls and Procedures

32  4.  Risks and Uncertainties

40  5.  Accounting Policies and Non-IFRS Measures
40  A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures

44  B)  Accounting Policies and New Standards

45  C)  Critical Accounting Estimates

46  D)  Related Party Transactions

46  6.  Outlook

6

On June 5, 2017, the Company effected a 5:1 stock 
split on its Class A and Class B common shares. 
Unless otherwise noted, impacted amounts and 
share  information  included  in  the  MD&A  have 
been retroactively adjusted for the stock split as 
if such stock split occurred on the first day of the 
first  period  presented.  Certain  amounts  in  the 
notes to the financial statements may be slightly 
different than previously reported due to rounding 
of fractional shares as a result of the stock split.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company changed 
its reportable segments to incorporate all entities 
previously reported within the Container Segment 
in the CCL Segment, to more closely align with 
the current management structure and reporting. 
Comparative  segment  information  has  been 
restated to conform to current year presentation.

F O R WA R D - L O O K I N G   I N F O R M AT I O N

This MD&A contains forward-looking information 
and forward-looking statements, as defined under 
applicable securities laws (hereinafter collectively 
referred  to  as  “forward-looking  statements”), 
that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. 
Forward-looking  statements 
include  all 
statements  that  are  predictive  in  nature  or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-
looking statements are typically identified by, but 
not  limited  to,  the  words  “believes,”  “expects,” 
“anticipates,”  “estimates,”  “intends,”  “plans” 
or  similar  expressions.  Statements  regarding 
the  operations,  business,  financial  condition, 
priorities,  ongoing  objectives,  strategies  and 
outlook of the Company, other than statements 
of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. 
Specifically, this MD&A contains forward-looking 
statements  regarding  the  anticipated  growth  in 
sales, income and profitability of the Company’s 
segments; the Company’s improvement in market 
share;  the  Company’s  capital  spending  levels  
and  planned  capital  expenditures  in  2019;  the 
adequacy of the Company’s financial liquidity; the 
Company’s targeted return on equity, improved 
return  on  total  capital,  adjusted  earnings  per 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
share, EBITDA growth rates and dividend payout; the Company’s effective tax rate; the Company’s ongoing business strategy; 
the Company’s expectations regarding general business and economic conditions; the Company’s expectations regarding 
the completion of the Hinsitsu acquisition; the impact of easing polypropylene resin costs; the Company’s expectations that 
Avery will continue to open up new revenue and profit opportunities in short-run digital printing applications, cross-selling 
opportunities and consolidation in new territories; Checkpoint will capture sale and profit growth from the evolving radio-
frequency identification (“RFID”) market and will consider complementary and tuck-in business acquisitions; and the new 
manufacturing line for Innovia in Mexico will increase plant capacity by fifty percent.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties 
relating to future events and conditions including, but not limited to, the impact of competition; consumer confidence and 
spending preferences; general economic and geopolitical conditions; currency exchange rates; interest rates and credit 
availability; technological change; changes in government regulations; risks associated with operating and product hazards; 
and the Company’s ability to attract and retain qualified employees. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements as 
the Company’s actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. Forward-
looking statements are also based on a number of assumptions, which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited 
to, assumptions about the following: higher consumer spending; improved customer demand for the Company’s products; 
continued historical growth trends, market growth in specific segments and entering into new segments; the Company’s 
ability to provide a wide range of products to multinational customers on a global basis; the benefits of the Company’s focused 
strategies and operational approach; the Company’s ability to implement its acquisition strategy and successfully integrate 
acquired businesses; the achievement of the Company’s plans for improved efficiency and lower costs, including the ability 
to pass on polypropylene resin cost increases to its customers; the availability of cash and credit; fluctuations of currency 
exchange rates; the Company’s continued relations with its customers; and general business and economic conditions. 
Should one or more risks materialize or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially 
from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Further details on key risks can be found throughout this 
report and particularly in Section 4: “Risks and Uncertainties.”

Except as otherwise indicated, forward-looking statements do not take into account the effect that transactions or non-recurring 
or other special items announced or occurring after the statements are made may have on the business. Such statements do 
not, unless otherwise specified by the Company, reflect the impact of dispositions, sales of assets, monetizations, mergers, 
acquisitions, other business combinations or transactions, asset write-downs or other charges announced or occurring after 
forward-looking statements are made. The financial impact of these transactions and non-recurring and other special items 
can be complex and depends on the facts particular to each of them and therefore cannot be described in a meaningful way 
in advance of knowing specific facts.

The forward-looking statements are provided as of the date of this MD&A and the Company does not assume any obligation 
to update or revise the forward-looking statements to reflect new events or circumstances, except as required by law.

Unless the context otherwise indicates, a reference to “the Company” means CCL Industries Inc., its subsidiary companies 
and equity-accounted investments. 

Additional information relating to the Company, including the Company’s Annual Information Form, is available on SEDAR at 
www.sedar.com or on the Company’s website www.cclind.com. 

7

2018 Annual Report1 .   C O R P O R AT E   OV E RV I E W

A)  The Company

CCL Industries Inc. is the world’s largest converter of pressure sensitive and extruded film materials for a wide range of 
decorative, instructional, security and functional applications for government institutions and large global customers in 
the consumer packaging, healthcare, chemicals, consumer durables, electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded 
and laminated plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols and specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, precision decorated and 
die cut components, electronic displays, polymer banknote substrate and other complementary products and services are 
sold in parallel to specific end-use markets. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and 
software solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary products sold 
through distributors, mass-market stores and e-commerce retailers. Checkpoint is a leading developer of RF and RFID-based 
technology systems for loss prevention and inventory management applications, including labeling and tagging solutions, for 
the retail and apparel industries worldwide. Innovia is a leading global producer of specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, 
surface engineered films for label, packaging and security applications. The Company is partly backward integrated into 
materials science with capabilities in polymer extrusion, adhesive development, coating and lamination, surface engineering 
and metallurgy; deployed as needed across the four business segments. 

Founded in 1951, the Company has been publicly listed under its current name since 1980. The Company’s corporate offices 
are  located  in  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada,  and  Framingham,  Massachusetts,  United  States.  The  corporate  offices  provide 
executive and centralized services such as finance, accounting, internal audit, treasury, risk management, legal, tax, human 
resources, information technology, environmental, health and safety and oversight of operations. The Company employs 
approximately 21,000 people in 168 production facilities located in North America, Latin America, Europe, Australia and Asia 
including equity investments in Russia operating six facilities, the Middle East operating five facilities and in the United States 
operating an aluminum slug facility. The Company also has a label and tube license holder operating two plants in Indonesia.

B)  Customers and Markets

The state of the global economy and geopolitical events can affect consumer demand and customers’ marketing and sales 
strategies to promote growth, including the introduction of new products. These factors directly influence the demand for 
the Company’s products. Growth expectations generally mirror the trends of each of the markets and product lines in which 
the Company’s customers compete and the growth of the economy in each geographic region. The Company attempts to 
gain market share in each market and category over time.

The label market is large and highly fragmented with many players but with no single competitor having the substantial 
operating breadth or global reach of the Company. Avery has a dominant market-leading position for its products in North 
America, Europe and Australia. It also has a small developing presence in Latin America. Checkpoint has significant market 
positions in Europe, North America and Asia. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers and apparel manufacturers and competes 
with other global retail labeling companies. Innovia operates plants in Europe, Mexico and Australia with distribution in the 
United States and Asia selling films to pressure sensitive label materials producers and converters, consumer packaged goods 
companies and the security products industry.

C)  Strategy and Financial Targets

The Company’s strategy is to increase shareholder value through investment in organic growth and product innovations 
around the world, augmented by a global acquisition strategy. The Company builds on the strength of its people in marketing, 
manufacturing  and  product  development  and  nurtures  strong  relationships  with  its  international,  national  and  regional 
customers and suppliers. The Company anticipates increasing its market share in most product categories by capitalizing 
on market insights and the growth of its customers, and by following developments such as globalization, new product 
innovation, branding and consumer trends.

A key attribute of this strategy is maintaining focus and discipline. The CCL Segment aspires to be the market leader and the 
highest value-added producer in each customer sector and region in which it chooses to compete. The primary objective 
is to invest in growth globally both organically and by acquisition. Avery objectives align to their core competencies in label 
solutions centered on specialty, converted media that enables short-run digital printing in homes and small businesses; and 
increasingly using the direct-to-consumer channel, both organically and by acquisition. Checkpoint focuses on technology-
driven  loss-prevention,  inventory-management  labeling  for  the  retail  and  apparel  industries.  Innovia  is  a  leading  global 
producer of specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface-engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene (“BOPP”) films for 
label, packaging and security applications. In July 2018, the Company acquired Treofan America Inc. and Trespaphan Mexico 
Holdings GmbH (“Treofan”) expanding the Innovia manufacturing footprint beyond Europe and Australia to North America. 
Innovia also provides significant depth and capability to develop proprietary films for label applications.

8

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual ReportThe Company’s financial strategy is to be fiscally prudent and conservative. The 2018 financial results delivered strong cash 
flow and a solid balance sheet after investing $696.1 million in acquisitions and net capital expenditures to execute the global 
growth initiatives. During good and difficult economic times, the Company has maintained high levels of cash on hand and 
unused lines of credit to reduce its financial risk and to provide flexibility when acquisition opportunities are available. As 
at December 31, 2018, the Company had $589.1 million of cash-on-hand with US$454.5 million of undrawn capacity on the 
Company’s unsecured revolving credit facility.

The  Company  maintains  a  continuous  focus  on  minimizing  its  investment  in  working  capital  in  order  to  maximize  cash 
flow in support of the growth in the business. In addition, capital expenditures are approved when they are expected to be 
accretive to earnings and are selectively allocated towards the most attractive growth opportunities. The Company’s financial 
discipline and prudent allocation of capital have ensured sufficient available liquidity and a secure financial foundation for 
the foreseeable future.

A key financial target is return on equity before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, 
gains  on  business  dispositions  and  non-cash  acquisition  accounting  adjustments  (“ROE,”  a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key 
Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). The Company continues to execute its strategy with a goal of 
achieving a comparable ROE level to its leading peers in specialty packaging. Despite a substantial increase in the Company’s 
equity base, largely from retained earnings over the last five years, ROE increased compared to 2013 due to significant 
accretive earnings from acquisitions, as well as improved results at legacy operations. 2018 ROE of 20.0%, although still 
strong, was down compared to 2017 as retained earnings increased while underlying profit performance did not, largely due 
to challenges at Innovia. 

Return on Equity 

2018 

20.0% 

2017 

24.0% 

2016 

23.5% 

2015 

21.1% 

2014 

20.1% 

2013

15.8%

Another metric used by the investment  community as a comparative measure is return on total capital before goodwill 
impairment loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition 
accounting  adjustments  (“ROTC,”  a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and  Non-IFRS  Measures”  in 
Section 5A). The chart below details performance since 2013. The Company targets delivering returns in excess of its cost 
of capital. ROTC of 11.3% for 2018 declined compared to 2017 due to the increase in net debt attributable to the Treofan 
acquisition and reduced earnings due to the aforementioned struggles at Innovia: 

Return on Total Capital  

2018 

11.3% 

2017 

14.0% 

2016 

15.9% 

2015 

15.4% 

2014 

14.1% 

2013

11.9%

ROTC should increase as the Company deleverages its balance sheet and increases net earnings as Innovia’s performance 
improves. 

The long-term growth rate of adjusted basic earnings per Class B share (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators 
and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) is another important financial target. This measure excludes goodwill impairment 
loss, restructuring and other items, tax adjustments, gains on business dispositions and non-cash acquisition accounting 
adjustments. Management believes that taking into account both the relatively stable overall demand for consumer staple and 
healthcare products globally and the continuing benefits from the Company’s focused strategies and operational approach, 
a positive growth rate in adjusted basic earnings per share is realistic under reasonable economic circumstances.

The Company has achieved significant positive growth in its adjusted basic and basic earnings per share since 2013:

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013

Adjusted Basic EPS  
  Growth Rate 

1.5% 

Basic EPS Growth Rate   

(2.2%) 

17.9% 

36.4% 

32.5% 

16.5% 

31.9% 

34.7% 

47.4% 

107.6% 

52.2%

4.5%

9

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2018, adjusted basic earnings increased by 1.5% to $2.73 per Class B share. Improved profitability from the CCL, Checkpoint 
and Innovia Segments largely offset reduced earnings for the Avery Segment and increased corporate and net finance costs 
compared to 2017. Net earnings for 2017 were bolstered by the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”). The Company 
believes continuing growth in earnings per share is achievable in the future as initiatives in the Innovia Segment to improve 
earnings take hold, new digital-print direct-to-consumer momentum surpasses deceleration in legacy product categories 
at Avery and the Company executes its global business strategies for the CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments. 

The Company will continue to focus on generating cash and effectively utilizing the cash flow generated by operations 
and divestitures. Earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding goodwill impairment 
loss, earnings in equity-accounted investments, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items 
(“EBITDA,” a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A), is considered a 
good indicator of cash flow and is used by many financial institutions and investment advisors to measure operating results 
and for business valuations. As a key indicator of cash flow, EBITDA demonstrates the Company’s ability to incur or service 
existing debt, to invest in capital additions and to take advantage of organic growth opportunities and acquisitions that are 
accretive to earnings per share. Historically, the Company has experienced positive growth in EBITDA:

EBITDA 

% of sales 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

$ 

995.3 

$ 

959.2 

$  792.7 

$ 

608.4 

$ 

481.6 

$ 

19% 

20% 

20% 

20% 

19% 

2013

355.6

19%

In 2018, EBITDA increased by approximately 3.1%, excluding the positive impact of foreign currency translation, maintaining 
a solid 19.3% of sales. The Company’s EBITDA margins remain at the top end of the range of its peers. The Company expects 
positive growth in EBITDA in the future as global growth initiatives are implemented.

The framework supporting the above performance indicators is an appropriate level of financial leverage. Based on the 
dynamics within the specialty packaging industry and the risks that higher leverage may bring, the Company has a comfort 
level up to a target of approximately 3.5 times net debt to EBITDA with an appropriate deleveraging and liquidity profile to 
maintain its investment-grade ratings with Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s. As at December 31, 2018, net debt to EBITDA was 
1.91 times, higher than the 1.85 times at December 31, 2017, but reflecting significant deleveraging since the $307.6 million 
Treofan acquisition in July 2018. This leverage level is consistent with management’s conservative approach to financial 
risk and the Company’s ability to generate strong levels of free cash flow from operations (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key 
Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A). This leverage level also allows the Company the flexibility to 
quickly execute its acquisition growth strategy without significantly exposing its credit quality. 

The Board does not have a target dividend payout ratio (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS 
Measures” in Section 5A). However, the Company has paid dividends quarterly for over thirty years without an omission or 
reduction and has more than doubled the annualized rate since March 2014. The Board views this consistency and dividend 
growth as important factors in enhancing shareholder value. For 2018, the dividend payout ratio was 19% of adjusted earnings. 
This dividend payout ratio reflects the strong cash flows generated by newly acquired businesses as well as improved results 
for the legacy operations of the Company. After careful review of the current year results, budgeted cash flow and income 
for 2019, the Board has declared a 31% increase in the annual dividend: an increase of $0.04 per Class B share per quarter, 
from $0.13 to $0.17 per Class B share per quarter ($0.68 per Class B share annualized).

The Company believes that all of the above targets are mutually compatible and consequently should drive meaningful 
shareholder value over time.

The Company’s strategy and its ability to grow and achieve attractive returns for its shareholders are shaped by key internal 
and external factors that are common to the businesses it operates. The key performance driver is the Company’s continuous 
focus on customer satisfaction, supported by its reputation for quality manufacturing, competitive price, product innovation, 
dependability, ethical business practices and financial stability.

10

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D)  Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions

The Company is globally deployed with significant diversification across the world economy including emerging markets, a 
broad customer base, distinct product lines and many different currencies. 

The Company continues to deploy its cash flow from operations into its core Segments with both internal capital investments 
and strategic acquisitions. The following acquisitions were completed over the last two years:

•   In December 2018, acquired the assets of Unilogo, based near Warsaw, Poland, for approximately $10.7 million. Unilogo is 

a supplier of digitally printed, pressure sensitive and sleeve labels for consumer products customers. 

•   In July 2018, acquired Treofan from their ultimate parent, M&C S.p.A., an Italian public company listed on the Milan stock 
exchange.  Treofan,  based  in  Zacapu,  Mexico,  is  a  leading  producer  of  BOPP  film  for  the  North  American  market.  The 
purchase  price,  net  of  cash  acquired,  was  approximately  $307.6  million  inclusive  of  $43.6  million  of  capital  additions 
incurred between announcement date and closing date for the construction of its new film line. Treofan immediately 
commenced trading as Innovia Films.

•   In May 2018, the remaining 50.0% stake in the CCL-Korsini in-mould label joint venture in the United States from its partner 
for $3.1 million, net of cash acquired, and $6.7 million of assumed debt. As a result of the change in control, the financial 
results were no longer included as an equity investment but fully consolidated with CCL’s Food & Beverage business.

•   In May 2018, Nortec International Inc. (“Nortec”), a privately owned company in Israel, for approximately $8.8 million in net 
cash and assumed debt. Nortec is a manufacturer of high performance labels and marking systems for the high technology 
sector added to CCL Design within the CCL Segment.

•   In April 2018, Imprint Plus, a group of privately owned companies with common shareholders, based in Richmond, British 
Columbia, Canada for approximately $24.3 million net of cash acquired. Imprint Plus expanded Avery’s printable media 
depth in custom name badge systems, signage systems and accessories in North America.

•   In January 2018, Fascia Graphics Ltd. (“Fascia”), a privately owned company in the United Kingdom, for approximately  
$9.3 million, net of cash acquired. Fascia is a manufacturer of graphic overlays, membrane-switch control panels and 
nameplates for large European OEM customers in the electronics and durables sector and was added to CCL Design within 
the CCL Segment.

•   In  October  2017,  acquired  the  final  37.5%  stake  in  the  Acrus-CCL  wine  label  joint  venture  in  Chile  from  its  partner  for  
$6.3 million. As a result of the change in control, 2017 financial results are no longer included in equity investments but 
fully consolidated with CCL’s Food & Beverage business, without a portion of the earnings attributable to a non-controlling 
interest since October 2017. 

•   In April 2017, badgepoint GmbH, badgetech GmbH and Name Tag Systems Inc. (“Badgepoint”), privately owned companies 
with common shareholders, based near Hamburg, Germany, for approximately $5.6 million. Badgepoint expanded Avery’s 
printable media offering with patented, premium name tag systems and accessories for the German market.

•   In April 2017, Goed Gemerkt B.V. and Goed Gewerkt B.V. (“GGW”), privately owned companies with common shareholders, 
based near Utrecht in the Netherlands, for approximately $23.0 million. GGW is a manufacturer of durable, personalized 
“kids’ labels” for the Benelux and German markets, expanding Avery’s printable media platform.

•   In February 2017, Innovia, headquartered in Wigton, U.K., for approximately $1.15 billion, debt free and net of cash acquired 
from a consortium of U.K.-based private equity investors. Innovia is a leading global producer of specialty high-performance, 
multi-layer, surface engineered BOPP films for label, packaging and security applications. The business has film extrusion, 
coating and metallizing facilities across the U.K., Belgium and Australia, which form the basis of the Company’s Innovia 
Segment. In the U.K., Australia and Mexico, the business has high-security, specialized polymer banknote operations that 
have been added to CCL Secure within the CCL Segment.

The acquisitions completed over the past few years, in conjunction with the building of new plants around the world, have 
positioned the CCL Segment as the global leader for labels in the personal care, healthcare, food and beverage, durables, 
security and specialty categories. Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media, and software 
solutions to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary office products. Checkpoint 
has added technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, including RF and RFID-based, 
to the retail and apparel industry. Innovia provides vertical integration driving the Company deeper into polymer sciences, 
enhancing the development of propriety products for its customers.

11

2018 Annual ReportE)  Subsequent Events

In January 2019, the Company announced it had completed two transactions, one for the CCL Segment, acquiring privately 
owned  Olympic  Holding  B.V.  and  its  related  subsidiaries  (“Olympic”),  based  in  Venray,  Netherlands,  for  approximately   
$13.5 million. A second for the Avery segment, acquiring privately owned Easy2Name Limited (“E2N”) based near Newbury 
in the UK for approximately $4.3 million.

The previously announced acquisition of privately owned Hinsitsu Screen (Vietnam) Company Limited (“Hinsitsu”), based in 
Hanoi, for $12.4 million, is expected to be completed by the end of 2019 first quarter.

F)  Consolidated Annual Financial Results

Selected Financial Information

Results of Consolidated Operations

Sales  
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Earnings in equity-accounted investments   
Net finance cost 
Restructuring and other items – net loss 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share 

Dividends per Class B share 

Total assets 

Total non-current liabilities 

Comments on Consolidated Results

2018 

5,161.5 
3,662.7 

1,498.8 
785.8 

713.0 
5.3 
(80.7) 
(14.8) 

622.8 
156.0 

466.8 

2.64 

2.61 

2.73 

0.52 

7,027.6 

3,007.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017

4,755.7
3,319.4

1,436.3
751.5

684.8
3.7
(75.2)
(11.3)

602.0
127.9

474.1

2.70

2.66

2.69

0.46

6,144.0

2,686.4

Sales  were  a  record  $5,161.5  million  in  2018,  an  increase  of  8.5%  compared  to  $4,755.7  million  recorded  in  2017.  This 
improvement in sales can be attributed to acquisition growth of 5.7%, augmented by organic growth of 2.1% and a positive 
0.7% impact from foreign currency translation. 

Consistent with 2017, approximately 97% of the Company’s 2018 sales to end-use customers are denominated in foreign 
currencies. Consequently, changes in foreign exchange rates can have a material impact on sales and profitability when 
translated into Canadian dollars for public reporting. The depreciation of the U.S. dollar, Brazilian real, and Mexican peso by 
0.2%, 12.4%, and 2.0%, respectively, was offset by a 4.4%, 3.4%, 2.1% and 4.8% appreciation of the euro, U.K. pound, Chinese 
renminbi and Thai baht, relative to the Canadian dollar in 2018 compared to average exchange rates in 2017. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) were $785.8 million for 2018, compared to $751.5 million reported in 
2017. The increase in SG&A expenses in 2018 relates primarily to the significant acquisitions made over the last two years. 
Corporate expenses for 2018 were $62.7 million, compared to $52.7 million for 2017. The increase in corporate expenses 
relative to those in 2017 relates predominantly to an increase in equity-linked compensation costs as well as increased variable 
compensation expense resulting from the achievement of a three-year cumulative financial hurdle during the year.

12

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating  income  (a  non-IFRS  measure;  see  “Key  Performance  Indicators  and  Non-IFRS  Measures”  in  Section  5A)  for   
2018 was $775.7 million, an increase of 5.2% compared to $737.5 million for 2017. Excluding the $4.3 million and $15.2 million 
non-cash accounting adjustments to fair value the acquired inventories and expensed through cost of sales in 2018 and 
2017, respectively, operating income improved 3.6%. Foreign currency translation was a 0.7% positive impact to consolidated 
operating income for 2018 compared to 2017. The CCL, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments each increased operating income 
while Avery posted a decline, compared to 2017. Further details on the business segments follow later in this report.

EBITDA in 2018 was $995.3 million, an improvement of 3.8% compared to $959.2 million recorded in 2017. Excluding the 
impact of currency translation, EBITDA increased by 3.1% over the prior year.

Net finance cost was $80.7 million for 2018, compared to $75.2 million for 2017, with the increase in interest costs due to an 
increase in drawn debt needed to fund the Treofan acquisition and a slight increase in the consolidated average interest rate.

For the full year 2018, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $14.8 million ($12.6 million after tax) as 
follows:

•   For  the  CCL  Segment,  $0.6  million  ($0.4  million  after  tax)  income  increase,  representing  $0.9  million  for  severance-
related expenditures for the security part of the Innovia acquisition offset by the reversal of $1.5 million of over accrued 
reorganization costs.

•   For the Avery Segment, $2.7 million ($2.0 million after tax), which was for severance and other reorganization costs in the 

European operations. 

•   For the Checkpoint Segment, $4.6 million ($3.8 million after tax), which was for severance and other reorganization costs 

globally. 

•  For the Innovia Segment, $1.1 million ($0.9 million after tax), for severance related costs in their European operations.

•  Acquisition transaction costs totalled $3.7 million ($3.6 million after tax), primarily for the Treofan acquisition.

•   Other expenses of $3.3 million ($2.7 million after tax), predominantly related to actuarial pension obligations at Innovia and 
legacy CCL U.K. operations. This non-cash expense is the result of a milestone legal judgement equalizing certain historical 
guaranteed minimum obligations for all U.K. defined benefit pension schemes. 

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2018 was $0.07 per Class B share.

For the full year 2017, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $11.3 million ($11.6 million after tax) as 
follows:

•   For the CCL Segment, $6.5 million ($4.7 million after tax), the majority of which was for severance-related expenditures for 

the security business included in the Innovia acquisition.

•   For the Checkpoint Segment, $14.8 million ($11.8 million after tax), which was for severance and other reorganization costs 
partially offset by the reversal of a $15.6 million ($9.6 million after tax) pre-acquisition legal reserve that was settled in favour 
of the Company.

•   For the Innovia Segment, $5.6 million ($4.7 million after tax), with $3.0 million for severance-related costs and the balance 

for transaction costs.

•   For the settlement of a Checkpoint pre-acquisition lawsuit accrual in the amount of $15.6 million ($9.6 million after tax) 

settled in favour of the Company.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items in 2017 was $0.07 per Class B share.

In 2018, the consolidated effective tax rate was 25.3%, compared to 21.4% in 2017, excluding earnings in equity-accounted 
investments. The combined Canadian federal and provincial statutory tax rate was 25.8% for 2018 (2017 – 25.3%). The effective 
tax rate for 2017 was impacted by recording the amendments signed into law in the TCJA. The TCJA was a comprehensive and 
complex tax reform making numerous changes to U.S. tax law but the two most significant items were (1) a transition tax on 
certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, and (2) a reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 
35% to 21% commencing January 1, 2018.

The net impact of the transition tax on certain unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries was nil to the Company in 2017. 
However, when factoring the corporate rate reduction into the remeasurement of deferred income taxes, the Company’s 
deferred tax liability was reduced by $40.0 million resulting in a corresponding reduction in tax expense. Of this reduction, 
$15.0 million primarily related to book and tax timing differences and other discrete items. However, $25.0 million related to 
indefinite-life intangibles from recent acquisitions that were recognized for accounting purposes but had no corresponding 
tax basis and were therefore excluded from adjusted basic earnings per share.

13

2018 Annual ReportExcluding the impact of TCJA, the effective tax rate for 2017 would have been 28.1% and, as predicted the effective tax rate 
for 2018 was reduced by approximately 3% due to the ongoing impact of the TCJA.

Over 97% of the Company’s sales are from products sold to customers outside of Canada, and the income from these foreign 
operations is subject to varying rates of taxation. The Company’s effective tax rate is also affected from year to year as a 
result of the level of income in the various countries, recognition or reversal of tax losses, tax reassessments and income 
and expense items not subject to tax. 

Net earnings for 2018 were $466.8 million, compared to $474.1 million recorded in 2017 due to the items described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $2.64 for 2018 versus the $2.70 recorded for 2017. Diluted earnings per Class B share 
were $2.61 for 2018 and $2.66 for 2017. The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2018 compared to 2017 had an 
estimated positive impact on the translation of the Company’s basic earnings of $0.02 per Class B share. The diluted weighted 
average number of shares was 178.7 million for 2018, compared to 178.3 million for 2017. 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had 11.8 million Class A voting shares and 165.9 million Class B non-voting shares 
issued and outstanding. In addition, the Company had outstanding stock options to purchase 3.0 million Class B non-voting 
shares and had 0.3 million deferred share units outstanding to issue 0.3 million Class B non-voting shares.

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share was $2.73 for 2018, up 1.5% from $2.69 in 2017.

The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in 2018 versus 2017 had an estimated positive translation impact of $0.02 
on adjusted basic earnings per Class B share. This estimated foreign currency impact reflects the currency translation in all 
foreign operations.

G)  Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results

Unaudited  
Qtr 1 

Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

807.7 
146.3 
177.4 
95.7 

1,227.1 

146.3 
24.0  
22.8 
7.5 

200.6 
19.1 
3.3 
(0.9) 

179.1 
19.0 

160.1 
41.4 

118.7 

0.67 

0.66 

0.69 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

804.1 
194.0 
177.5 
88.8  

1,264.4 

127.3 
44.6 
27.6 
0.1 

199.6 
13.0 
3.6 
(0.2)  

183.2 
20.8 

162.4 
41.3 

121.1 

0.69 

0.68 

0.70 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

816.1 
198.5 
168.8  
153.8 

1,337.2 

117.6 
40.9 
25.5 
2.3 

186.3 
14.3 
1.3 
(1.5) 

172.2 
21.1 

151.1 
38.3 

112.8 

0.63 

0.63 

0.66 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

827.2 
173.1 
189.2 
143.3 

1,332.8 

120.1 
36.0 
25.4 
7.7 

189.2 
16.3 
6.6 
(2.7) 

169.0 
19.8 

149.2 
35.0 

114.2 

0.65 

 0.64 

 0.68 

Year

3,255.1
711.9
712.9 
481.6

5,161.5

511.3
145.5
101.3
17.6

775.7
62.7
14.8
(5.3)

703.5
80.7

622.8
156.0

466.8

2.64

 2.61

 2.73

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total sales 

Segment operating income (loss) 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

14

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
G)  Seasonality and Fourth Quarter Financial Results (continued)

2017 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total sales 

Segment operating income (loss) 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Operating income 
Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items  
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost, net 

Earnings before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net earnings 

Per Class B share 

Basic earnings 

Diluted earnings 

Adjusted basic earnings  

Fourth Quarter Results

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited  
Qtr 1 

Unaudited 
Qtr 2 

Unaudited 
Qtr 3 

721.6 
160.8 
149.3 
29.8 

1,061.5 

116.4 
28.5 
15.3 
(1.3) 

158.9 
13.4 
7.4 
(0.6) 

138.7 
14.6 

124.1 
36.2 

87.9 

0.50 

0.49 

0.57 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

781.2 
209.1 
171.0 
91.6 

1,252.9 

118.9 
45.4 
19.5 
4.4 

188.2 
14.2 
5.2 
(0.8) 

169.6 
17.9 

151.7 
41.8 

109.9 

0.63 

0.63 

0.68 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

736.6 
212.0 
162.6 
95.6 

1,206.8 

102.3 
49.9 
21.7 
11.4 

185.3 
12.5 
2.9 
(1.0) 

170.9 
18.9 

152.0 
45.1 

106.9 

0.60 

0.59 

0.61 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Unaudited 
Qtr 4 

780.0 
171.0 
192.3 
91.2 

1,234.5 

133.4 
40.7 
30.9 
0.1 

205.1 
12.6 
(4.2) 
(1.3) 

198.0 
23.8 

174.2 
4.8 

169.4 

0.97 

0.95 

0.83 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year

3,019.4
752.9
675.2
308.2

4,755.7

471.0
164.5
87.4
14.6

737.5
52.7
11.3
(3.7)

677.2
75.2

602.0
127.9

474.1

2.70

2.66

2.69

Sales for the fourth quarter of 2018 improved 8.0% to $1,332.8 million, compared to $1,234.5 million recorded in the 2017 
fourth quarter. Excluding currency translation, sales for the fourth quarter of 2018 increased by 6.6% compared to the prior 
year. This increase was due to 1.5% organic growth and 5.1% impact from acquisitions. The CCL and Innovia Segments posted 
sales increases of 5.1% and 55.7%, respectively, excluding the impact of currency translation. Solid organic sales growth at 
CCL and the impact of the Treofan acquisition were offset by pre-foreign currency translation declines of 2.0% and 2.4% for 
the Avery and Checkpoint Segments, respectively. The decline in sales for Avery can be attributed to the continued weakness 
in the North American mass-market retail and wholesale channels partially offset by increases in the direct-to-consumer 
offering. Checkpoint’s sales declined despite improvements in the Apparel Labeling Solutions (“ALS”) product offering as 
the prior year fourth quarter was boosted by two large customer technology installations in the Merchandise Availability 
Solutions (“MAS”) product offering. 

Operating  income  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018  was  $189.2  million,  compared  to  $205.1  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2017. For the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to the same period in 2017, only the Innovia Segment recorded an increase 
in operating income. The CCL Segment’s operating income decline was principally attributable to slower end markets and 
plant start-up costs for CCL Design and comparative regression to CCL Secure’s 2017 fourth quarter that included a large 
new currency issuance in Europe. Despite Avery’s and Checkpoint’s aforementioned challenges with distribution channels 
and MAS installation sales declines, the Segments still posted solid return on sales (“Return on Sales,” a non-IFRS financial 
measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) of 20.8% and 13.4%, respectively. Innovia 
generated operating income of $7.7 million compared to $0.1 million due to better mix, productivity initiatives in the European 
film operations and easing resin input costs. Foreign currency translation had a positive impact of 1.3% to consolidated 
operating income.

15

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2018 was $244.2 million compared to the $259.0 million for the 2017 comparable period. 

Corporate expenses were $16.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2018, compared to $12.6 million recorded in the prior-year 
period. The increase is attributable to additional long-term variable compensation expense attributable to the achievement 
of the cumulative financial hurdle in the final quarter of a three-year cycle. 

Net finance cost was $19.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to $23.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2017. This 
decrease was attributable to reduced interest costs associated with pension liabilities. 

For the fourth quarter of 2018, restructuring costs and other items represented an expense of $6.6 million ($5.4 million 
expense after tax) as follows:

•   For the CCL Segment, $1.5 million ($1.1 million after tax) income increase, representing the reversal of $1.5 million of over 

accrued reorganization costs in the Innovia security operations.

•   For the Avery Segment, $2.7 million ($2.0 million after tax), which was for severance and other reorganization costs in the 

European operations. 

•  For the Innovia Segment, $1.1 million ($0.9 million after tax), for severance-related costs in the European operations.

•  Acquisition transaction costs totalling $1.0 million ($0.9 million after tax), primarily for the Treofan acquisition.

•   Other expenses of $3.3 million ($2.7 million after tax), for the aforementioned actuarial accrual adjustment for guaranteed 

minimum pension obligation principally for Innovia U.K. operations.

The negative earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2018 fourth quarter was $0.03 per Class B share. 

For  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  restructuring  costs  and  other  items  represented  an  income  inclusion  of  $4.2  million   
($0.7 million income after tax) as follows:

•   For the CCL Segment, $3.1 million ($2.2 million after tax), the majority of which was for the severance-related expenditures 

for the security business from the Innovia acquisition.

•  For the Checkpoint Segment, $8.0 million ($6.6 million after tax) expense primarily for severance costs. 

•  For the Innovia acquisition, transaction costs of $0.3 million ($0.1 million after tax).

•   For the settlement of a Checkpoint pre-acquisition lawsuit accrual in the amount of $15.6 million ($9.6 million after tax) in 

favour of the Company.

The positive earnings impact of these restructuring and other items for the 2017 fourth quarter was nominal per Class B share. 

Tax  expense  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018  was  $35.0  million,  resulting  in  an  effective  tax  rate  of  23.9%  compared  to   
$4.8 million and an effective tax rate of 2.8% in the prior-year period. The fourth quarter 2017 tax expense was impacted by the 
aforementioned $40.0 million reduction from the TCJA. The TCJA had an impact of $0.23 on basic earnings per Class B share.

Net earnings in the fourth quarter of 2018 were $114.2 million, compared to net earnings of $169.4 million in last year’s fourth 
quarter. This decrease reflects the items described above. 

Basic earnings per Class B share were $0.65 in the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to $0.97 in the fourth quarter of 2017. 
The movement in foreign currency exchange rates in the fourth quarter of 2018 compared to 2017 had a positive impact on 
the translation of the Company’s basic earnings of $0.01 per Class B share. 

Adjusted basic earnings per Class B share were $0.68 for the fourth quarter of 2018, compared to $0.83 in the corresponding 
quarter of 2017.

16

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual ReportSummary of Seasonality and Quarterly Results

For the CCL and Innovia Segments the first and second quarters are generally the strongest due to the number of work days 
and various customer-related activities. Also, there are many products that have a spring-summer bias in North America 
and Europe such as agricultural chemicals and certain beverage products, which generate additional sales volumes for the 
Company in the first half of the year. The polymer banknote business within the CCL Segment experiences intra-quarter 
variations in sales influenced by Central Banks’ re-order volatility. For Avery, the third quarter has historically been its strongest, 
as it benefits from increased demand related to back-to-school activities in North America, although the impact has been 
diminishing over the previous two years. For the Checkpoint Segment, the second half of the calendar year is healthier as the 
business substantially follows the retail cycle of its customers, which traditionally experiences more consumer activity from 
September through to the end of the year and prepares for the same in its supply chain from mid-year on. The final quarter 
of the year is negatively affected from a sales perspective in the northern hemisphere by Thanksgiving and globally by the 
Christmas and New Year holiday season shut-downs.

Sales and net earnings comparability between the quarters of 2018 and 2017 were primarily affected by regional economic 
variances, the impact of dramatic foreign currency changes relative to the Canadian dollar, the timing of acquisitions, the 
effect of restructuring, the impact of Central Bank reorder patterns, tax adjustments and other items.

The CCL Segment has generally experienced strong demand in its existing and newly acquired operations in the past few 
years. The Segment increased sales, excluding the impact of currency translation, in all four quarters of 2018, primarily driven 
by organic growth and acquisitions. 

The Avery Segment’s quarterly results in 2018 deviated from its historical pattern of robust results for the third quarter of 
each year. The third quarter back-to-school intensity in North America has become more muted due to secular declines in 
low-margin ring binder sales and the expansion of the Segment into other digital direct-to-consumer businesses that do not 
have this seasonal bias. Return on sales for the fourth quarter and 2018 in the Avery Segment was in excess of 20.0% and the 
highest amongst all of the Company’s segments. This evolving seasonal pattern should continue in 2019.

Checkpoint’s recurring revenues for the 2018 year were consistent with the most active months in the annual retail cycle. 
However, year-over-year comparative quarterly results can be influenced by large chain-wide customer-driven hardware 
installations that strengthen future recurring label revenues for the Segment.

17

2018 Annual Report2 .   B U S I N E S S   S E G M E N T   R E V I E W

A)  General

Over the last decade, all divisions invested significant capital and management effort to develop world-class manufacturing 
operations,  with  spending  allocated  to  geographic  expansion,  cost-reduction  projects,  the  development  of  innovative 
products and processes, the maintenance and expansion of existing capacity and the continuous improvement in health 
and  safety  in  the  workplace,  including  environmental  management.  The  Company  also  makes  strategic  acquisitions  for 
global competitive advantage, servicing large customers, taking advantage of new geographic markets, finding adjacent and 
new product opportunities, adding new customer segments, building infrastructure and improving operating performance. 
The Avery and Checkpoint Segments and the CCL Design business within the CCL Segment are less capital intensive as a 
percentage of sales than the Company’s other businesses. Further discussion on capital spending is provided in the individual 
Segment discussion sections below.

Although  each  Segment  is  a  leader  in  market  share  or  has  a  significant  position  in  the  markets  it  serves  in  each  of  its 
operating locales, it also operates generally in a mature and competitive environment. In recent years, consumer products 
and healthcare companies have experienced steady pressure to maintain or even reduce prices to their major retail and 
distribution channels, which has driven significant consolidation in the Company’s customer base. This has resulted in many 
customers seeking supply-chain efficiencies and cost savings in order to maintain profit margins. Volatile commodity costs 
have also created challenges to manage pricing with customers. These dynamics have been an ongoing challenge for the 
Company and its competitors, requiring greater management and financial control and flexible cost structures. Unlike some 
of its competitors, the Company has the financial strength to invest in the equipment and innovation necessary to constantly 
strive to be the highest value-added producer in the markets that it serves. 

The cost of many of the key raw material inputs for the Company, such as plastic films and resins, paper, specialty chemicals 
and  aluminum,  is  largely  dependent  on  the  supply  and  demand  economics  within  the  petrochemical,  energy  and  base 
metals industries. The Checkpoint Segment purchases component parts including circuit boards, memory chips and other 
electronic modules from third parties. The significant cost fluctuations for these inputs can have an impact on the Company’s 
profitability. The Company generally has the ability, due to its size and the use of long-term contracts with both suppliers and 
customers, to mitigate volatility in purchased costs and, where necessary, to pass these on to the market in higher product 
prices. However, the Innovia Segment can experience delays in price adjustments up or down to customers due to the nature 
of its respective relationships and contracts. Innovia’s pricing mechanisms are much more complex with multiple indices for 
polypropylene used by customers and suppliers, and differing terms in contracts when trigger points are arrived at for price 
changes. In the second half of 2018, Innovia’s management team focused significantly on renegotiating customer contracts 
to improve earnings and mitigate the impact of volatile input costs for 2019 and beyond. The success of the Company is 
dependent on each business managing the cost-and-price equation with suppliers and customers. 

A driver common to all Segments for maximizing operating profitability is the discipline of pricing contracts based on size 
and complexity, including consideration for fluctuations in raw materials and packaging costs, manufacturing run lengths and 
available capacity. This approach facilitates effective asset utilization and relatively higher levels of profitability. Performance is 
generally measured by product against estimates used to calculate pricing, including targets for scrap and output efficiency. 
An analysis of total utilization versus capacity available per production line or facility is also used to manage certain divisions 
of the business. In most of the Company’s operations, the measurement of each sales order shipped is based on actual 
selling prices and production costs to calculate the amount of actual profit margin earned and its return on sales relative to 
the established benchmarks. This process ensures that pricing policies and production performance are aligned in attaining 
profit margin targets by order, by plant and by division.

Management believes it has both the financial and non-financial resources, internal controls and reporting systems and 
processes in place to execute its strategic plan, to manage its key performance drivers and to deliver targeted financial results 
over time. In addition, the Company’s internal audit function provides another discipline to ensure that its disclosure controls 
and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will be assessed on a regular basis against current corporate 
standards of effectiveness and compliance.

18

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual ReportThe Company is not particularly dependent upon specialized manufacturing equipment. Most of the technology employed 
by the divisions can be sourced from multiple suppliers. The Company, however, has the resources to invest in large-scale 
projects to build infrastructure in current and new markets because of its financial strength relative to that of many of its 
competitors. Direct competitors in the CCL Segment are often smaller and may not have the financial resources to stay 
current in maintaining state-of-the-art facilities. Certain new manufacturing lines take many months for suppliers to construct, 
and any delays in delivery and commissioning can have an impact on customer expectations and the Company’s profitability. 
The Innovia Segment, in addition to its unique method for producing BOPP for label and packaging applications, also provides 
the Company with the know-how and material science capability in proprietary non-commodity-oriented activities. Finally, the 
Company also uses strategic partnerships as a method of obtaining exclusive technology in order to support growth plans 
and to expand its product offerings. The Company’s major competitive advantage is based on its strong customer service, 
process technology, the know-how of its people, market-leading brand awareness and loyalty, and the ability to develop 
proprietary technologies and manufacturing techniques. 

The expertise of the Company’s employees is a key element in achieving the Company’s business plans. This know-how is 
broadly distributed throughout the world; therefore, the Company is generally not at risk of losing its competency through 
the loss of any particular employee or group of employees. Employee skills are constantly being developed through on-the-
job training and external technical education, and are enhanced by the Company’s entrepreneurial culture of considering 
creative alternative applications and processes for its products. 

The nature of the research carried out by the CCL Segment can be characterized as application or process development. The 
Company spends meaningful resources on assisting customers to develop new and innovative products. While customers 
regularly come to CCL with concepts and request assistance to develop products, the Company also takes its own new ideas 
to the market. Proprietary information is protected through the use of confidentiality agreements and by limiting access to 
CCL’s manufacturing facilities. The Company values the importance of protecting its customers’ brands and products from 
fraudulent use and consequently is selective in choosing appropriate customer and supplier relationships.

Avery  has  a  strong  commitment  to  understanding  its  ultimate  end  users,  actively  seeking  product  feedback  and  using 
consumer focus groups to drive product development initiatives. Furthermore, it leverages the CCL Segment’s applications 
and technology to deliver product innovation that aligns with consumer printable media trends. 

Checkpoint has always been an innovator for its industry with a strong dedication to research and development activities. 
It was the pioneer of RF electronic-article-surveillance hardware and consumables. Checkpoint has made further advances 
with the active enhancement and deployment of RFID solutions, including inventory management software, to the retail and 
apparel industry.

Innovia maintains a world-class research and development centre, specifically dedicated to the support of label and packaging 
applications. The new discoveries and product enhancements generated from this centre will be deployed across the entirety 
of the Company for the benefit of its customers. 

The Company continues to invest time and capital to upgrade and expand its information technology systems. This investment 
is critical to keeping pace with customer requirements and in gaining or maintaining a competitive edge. Software packages 
are,  in  general,  off-the-shelf  systems  customized  to  meet  the  needs  of  individual  business  locations.  The  CCL,  Avery, 
Checkpoint and Innovia Segments communicate with many customers and suppliers electronically, particularly with regard 
to supply-chain-management solutions and when transferring and confirming design formats and colours. A core attribute 
of Avery’s printable media products is the customized software to enable short-run digital printing in businesses and homes. 
Avery recognizes that it is critical to develop its software solutions to maintain its market-leading position with consumers. 
Avery launched WePrint™, expanding its direct-to-consumer software solutions, and acquired Nilles’, PCN’s, Mabel’s, GGW’s, 
Badgepoint’s  and  Imprint  Plus’s  e-commerce  platforms  to  leverage  acquired  digital-print  software  into  the  pre-existing   
Avery suite.

Within the Avery Segment, most products are sold under the market-leading “Avery” brand and, with equal prominence in 
German-speaking countries, the “Zweckform” brand name. Within the Checkpoint Segment, products are predominantly 
sold under the Checkpoint brand and, for retail merchandising products in Europe and Asia Pacific, the Meto brand. The 
Company recognizes that in order to maintain the pre-eminent positions for Avery, Zweckform, Checkpoint and Meto, it must 
continually invest in promoting these brands. Product quality, innovation and performance are recognized attributes to the 
success of these brands. 

19

2018 Annual ReportThe Company has deployed many initiatives to reduce the carbon footprint of its products and services to ensure the business 
is sustainable. These include collaborative logistic partnerships with customers and suppliers to reduce the usage of wooden 
pallets and corrugated boxes, and new products that help customers reduce their own carbon footprint such as CCL’s Super 
Stretch Sleeves that decorate PET beverage containers without adhesive or energy and patented “wash-off” labels for reusable 
bottles, which lowers the impact of glass going to landfill. The Company’s greenfield sites are designed and constructed to 
specific standards to reduce their carbon footprint and some sites have adopted the use of solar power to run their facilities. 

In  addition  to  its  sustainability  initiatives,  the  Company  recognizes  it  must  be  a  socially  responsible  organization  and  is 
committed to fair labour practices, maintaining a safe workplace and giving back to its employees and the communities in 
which it operates. The confidential ethics hotline allows employees to safely voice concerns and the Employee Assistance 
Program provides reassuring advice and support for anxieties outside the workplace. 

Business Segment Results

Segment sales 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total sales  

Operating income*
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Operating income 

2018 

2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,255.1 
711.9 
712.9 
481.6 

5,161.5 

511.3 
145.5 
101.3 
17.6 

775.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,019.4
752.9
675.2
308.2

4,755.7

471.0
164.5
87.4
14.6

737.5

*  This is a non-IFRS measure. Refer to “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

Comments on Business Segments 

The above summary includes the results of acquisitions on reported sales and operating income from the date of acquisition.

20

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B)  CCL Segment

Overview

There are five customer sectors inside the CCL Segment. The Company trades in three of them as CCL Label and one each 
as CCL Design and CCL Secure. The differentiated CCL sub branding, points to the nature of the application for the final 
product. The sectors have many common or overlapping customers, process technologies, information technology systems, 
raw material suppliers and operational infrastructures. CCL Label supplies innovative specialized label, plastic tube, aluminum 
aerosol and specialty bottle solutions to Home & Personal Care and Food & Beverage companies, plus regulated and complex 
multi-layer labels for major pharmaceutical, consumer medicine, medical instrument and industrial or consumer chemical 
customers referred to as the Healthcare & Specialty business. CCL Design supplies long-life, high performance labels and 
other products to automotive, electronics and durable goods companies. CCL Secure supplies polymer banknote substrate, 
pressure sensitive stamps, passport components, ID cards and other security documents to government institutions. 

The Segment’s product lines include pressure sensitive labels, shrink sleeves, stretch sleeves, in-mould labels, precision 
printed and die cut metal, glass and plastic components, expanded content labels, pharmaceutical instructional leaflets, 
graphic security features, extruded or laminated plastic tubes, aluminum aerosols or specialty bottles and printed polymer 
security film substrates. It currently operates 131 production facilities located in Canada, the United States (including Puerto 
Rico), Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Chile, China, Denmark, Egypt, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, 
Italy, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Oman, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland, 
Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Switzerland, Thailand, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom and Vietnam. The 
six plants in Russia, six plants in the Middle East, and one plant in the United States are connected to the equity investments 
in CCL-Kontur, Pacman-CCL, and Rheinfelden Americas Inc., respectively, and are included in the above locations.

This Segment’s industry is made up of a very large number of competitors that manufacture a vast array of decorative, product 
information, identification and security label-type applications. The Company believes that CCL is the largest consolidated 
operator in most of its defined global market sectors. Competition largely comes from single-plant businesses, often owned 
by private operators who compete in local markets with the Segment. There are also a few multi-plant competitors in certain 
regions of the world and specialists in a single market segment globally. However, there is no major competitor that has the 
product breadth, global reach and scale of the CCL Segment. 

The Company has completed numerous label acquisitions, strategic joint ventures and greenfield start-ups geographically 
and added new product offerings to position CCL Label as a global leader in the Home & Personal Care, Food & Beverage 
and  Healthcare  &  Specialty  end  markets.  CCL  Design  is  an  equally  significant  financial  and  geographic  market  for  the   
CCL  Segment,  principally  focused  on  the  automotive  and  electronics  markets.  The  high-security,  specialized  polymer 
banknote operations included in the Innovia acquisition form an integral part of CCL Secure. 

CCL produces labels predominantly from polyolefin films and paper partly sourced from extruding, coating and laminating 
companies, using raw materials primarily from the petrochemical and paper industries. CCL also coats and laminates pressure 
sensitive materials and is generally able to mitigate the cost volatility of third-party-sourced materials due to a combination 
of purchasing leverage, agreements with suppliers and its ability to pass on these cost increases to customers. In the label 
industry, price changes regularly occur as specifications are constantly changed by the marketers and, as a result, the selling 
price of these labels is updated, reflecting current market costs and new shapes and designs. 

CCL’s global customers are requiring more of their suppliers, expecting a full range of product offerings in more geographic 
regions, further integration into their supply-chain at a global level and protection of their brands, particularly in markets where 
counterfeiting is rife. These requirements put many of the Segment’s competitors at a disadvantage, as do the investment 
hurdles in converting equipment and technologies to deliver products, services and innovations. Trusted and reliable suppliers 
are important considerations for global consumer product companies, major pharmaceutical companies and OEMs in the 
durable goods business and, of course, Central Banks. This is even more important in an uncertain economic environment 
when many smaller competitors encounter difficulties and customers want to ensure their suppliers are financially viable.

21

2018 Annual ReportCCL considers customers’ demand levels, particularly in North America and Western Europe, to be reasonably mature and, as 
such, will continue to focus its expansion plans on innovative and higher growth product lines within those geographies with 
a view to improving overall profitability. In Asia, Latin America and other emerging markets, a higher level of economic growth 
is still expected over the coming years, despite the slower conditions experienced in the past few years. This should provide 
opportunities for the Segment to improve market share and increase profitability in these regions. Furthermore, there is close 
alignment of label demand to consumer staples other than CCL Design and CCL Secure, which are completely aligned to the 
automotive and electronics industries and government institutions and Central Banks, respectively. Management believes 
the Segment will attain the sales volumes, geographic distribution and reach mirroring those of its customers over the next 
few years through its focused strategy and by capitalizing on following customer trends. 

CCL Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income 
Return on sales 

2018 

% Growth 

$ 
$ 

3,255.1 
511.3 
15.7% 

7.8% 
8.6% 

$ 
$ 

2017

3,019.4
471.0 
15.6%

Sales in the CCL Segment for 2018 increased 7.8% to $3,255.1 million, compared to $3,019.4 million in 2017. A strong organic 
rate  of  4.8%,  coupled  with  2.4%  acquisition-related  growth  and  0.6%  positive  impact  from  foreign  currency  translation 
accounted for the improvement.

Sales in 2018 for North America increased mid-single digit compared to 2017, excluding the impact of currency translation. 
Sales for Healthcare & Specialty improved but profitability declined modestly compared to a strong prior year due to a change 
in sales mix. Home & Personal Care sales and profitability improved substantially driven by market share gains in labels and 
tubes. Sales and profitability in the Food & Beverage sector also improved significantly on market share wins in all categories. 
CCL Design profitability improved on operational execution and strong sales mix in electronics markets while automotive 
demand reduced. CCL Secure recorded reduced sales and profitability due to slower demand for postage stamps offsetting 
growth in other security documents. Overall profitability and return on sales increased; foreign currency translation had little 
impact on results. 

European sales were up low-single digit for 2018, excluding currency translation compared to 2017. CCL Secure results were, 
as expected, below the prior year that included an important new banknote launch in the region. Home & Personal Care 
sales and profitability improved compared to the prior year driven by strong market share gains and operational efficiencies. 
Healthcare & Specialty 2018 sales were flat but profitability declined on sales mix changes in Scandinavia, Germany and Italy. 
Sales and profitability for Food & Beverage improved significantly with robust results for Sleeves and strong improvement at 
Wine & Spirit operations. The Closures business posted lower sales on production moving to Asia but profitability increased 
significantly on operating efficiencies achieved in its new Swiss facility. Sales and profitability in automotive and industrial 
markets were flat to 2017 on slowing demand, however weak results for electronics markets continuing to migrate to Asia 
resulted in overall reduced profitability for CCL Design. Overall, European operating income, excluding currency translation, 
declined compared to the prior year, mostly due to reduced profitability at CCL Secure.

Sales in Latin America, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, increased double digit for 2018 compared to 2017. 
Strong sales and profitability improvement in Home & Personal Care were offset by softer CCL Design results that included 
start-up costs for a new automotive plant, and reduced performance for CCL Secure in Mexico. Results for Brazil improved 
substantially  compared  to  a  prior  year  impacted  by  soft  consumer  markets.  Operating  income  increased  in  the  region, 
however return on sales declined, due to the aforementioned results in Mexico. 

Asia Pacific sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, increased in the low teens for 2018 compared to 2017. 
Sales and profits in China increased significantly, driven by strong improvement at CCL Design in electronics end markets, 
as well as robust gains in Beverage labels. Sales and profits increased in ASEAN countries, especially Thailand, while the 
new plant in Korea significantly reduced start-up losses compared to 2017. Australian sales increased in all lines of business. 
Start-up costs for a new Wine & Spirits facility in New Zealand were largely offset by improved Healthcare results. CCL Secure, 
posted strong sales and profitability improvement compared to 2017. Operating income increased significantly and as a 
percentage of sales in Asia Pacific due to improvements across the region.

22

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income for the CCL Segment improved by 8.6% to $511.3 million for 2018 compared to $471.0 million for 2017. 
Included in 2017 operating income was an $8.2 million non-cash accounting adjustment to fair value the acquired inventory 
of the Security business that was part of the Innovia acquisition. Foreign currency translation had a positive effect of 0.6% 
on 2018 operating income compared to 2017. Operating income as a percentage of sales was 15.7% in 2018 compared to the 
15.6% return generated in the prior year. 

The  CCL  Segment  invested  $280.0  million  in  capital  spending  in  2018  compared  to  $237.3  million  last  year.  The  major 
expenditures were for equipment installations to support capacity additions for the Home & Personal Care, Food & Beverage 
and Healthcare & Specialty businesses globally. Depreciation and amortization for the CCL Segment was $194.9 million in 
2018, compared to $185.8 million in 2017.

C)  Avery Segment

Avery is the world’s largest supplier of labels, specialty converted media and software solutions to enable short-run digital 
printing in businesses and homes alongside complementary office products sold through distributors and mass market 
retailers.  The  products  are  split  into  three  primary  lines:  (1)  Printable  Media:  including  address  labels,  shipping  labels, 
marketing and product identification labels, business cards, and name badges supported by customized software solutions; 
(2) Organizational Products Group: (“OPG”), including binders, sheet protectors, indexes, dividers and writing instruments;  
(3) Direct to Consumer: digitally imaged media including labels, business cards, name badges, and family oriented identification 
labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs. The majority of products in the Printable Media and Direct to 
Consumer categories are used by businesses and individual consumers consistently throughout the year; however, in the 
OPG category, North American consumers engage in the back-to-school surge during the third quarter. 

Avery operates thirteen manufacturing and three distribution facilities. Sales for Avery are principally generated in North 
America, Europe and Australia with a market-leading position. There is a small developing presence in Latin America. Most 
products are sold under the market-leading “Avery” brand and, with equal prominence in German-speaking countries, under 
the “Zweckform” brand name that is better known by consumers in this part of Europe, as well as the direct-to-consumer  
“pc/nametag,” “Mabel’s Labels,” “goedgemerkt,” “badgepoint” and “Imprint Plus” brands.

Avery  reaches  its  consumers,  including  small  businesses,  through  distribution  channels  that  include  mass-market 
merchandisers,  retail  superstores,  wholesalers,  e-tailers,  contract  stationers,  catalog  retailing  and  direct-to-consumer 
e-commerce. Merger activity and store closures in these distribution channels can lead to short-term volume declines as 
customer inventory positions are consolidated. Avery is the leading brand in its core markets, with the principal competition 
being lower-priced private label products. Avery has experienced secular decline in its core mailing address label product 
as e-mail and internet-based digital communication has grown rapidly. In response, Avery has developed innovative new 
products targeted at applications such as shipping labels and product identification. Avery has successfully launched its 
proprietary direct-to-consumer e-commerce label design software platform WePrint™. In 2014, the acquisitions of Label 
Connections Ltd. and Nilles expanded Avery’s digital-print capabilities to the commercial graphic arts sector and e-commerce 
platform to custom designed roll fed labels in new markets around the world. With the 2015 acquisitions of PCN and Mabel’s 
in North America, 2017 acquisitions of Badgepoint and GGW and the 2018 acquisition of Imprint Plus, the Company further 
expanded Avery’s digital-print offerings to the meetings and events planning industry and personalized identification labels 
for children and families. Growth rates in these new printable media e-commerce platforms and the newly acquired business 
is expected to outpace Avery’s legacy product lines and eventually aid in re-establishing a growth rate for the Segment. It is 
also the Company’s expectation that Avery will also continue to open up new revenue streams in short-run digital printing 
applications.

Avery Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2018 

% Growth 

$ 
$ 

711.9 
145.5 
20.4% 

(5.4%) 
(11.6%) 

$ 
$ 

2017

752.9
164.5
21.8%

Sales in the Avery Segment for 2018 were $711.9 million compared to the $752.9 million posted in 2017. Foreign currency 
translation had a positive impact of 0.5% and acquisitions added 2.1%, offset by organic sales declines of 8.0%, compared 
to 2017. 

23

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
North American sales declined double digit for 2018, excluding currency translation and acquisitions, compared to 2017. 
Sales  and  profitability  declined  in  Printable  Media  product  lines  due  to  challenges  in  traditional  office  supply  channels. 
Profitability improvement outpaced double digit sales growth in direct-to-consumer product lines that included badges, “Kids 
Label”, “WePrint” and Avery.com. Imprint Plus, acquired April 2018, delivered profit margins in excess of expectations. The 
OPG category continued to experience sales and profitability declines due to secular declines and share loss in low margin 
back-to-school ring binders for mass-market retailers. 

International sales were mostly generated from products in the Printable Media category as well as a full year of results for 
GGW and Badgepoint in the direct-to-consumer category and together represent approximately 26% of the Avery Segment’s 
sales for 2018. Sales, excluding acquisitions and currency translation, were flat in Europe, and down in Asia Pacific and Latin 
America. Overall profitability improved slightly due to strong results from the direct-to-consumer businesses. 

Operating income for 2018 was $145.5 million compared to $164.5 million in 2017. Return on sales of 20.4% for 2018 compared 
to 21.8% for 2017, although down, remains the highest amongst the Company’s four business segments.

The Avery Segment invested $11.6 million in capital spending for 2018, compared to $13.8 million for 2017. The majority of the 
expenditures in 2018 were for capacity additions in the direct-to-consumer operations in North America. Depreciation and 
amortization for the Avery Segment was $17.6 million for 2018 compared to $16.1 million for 2017. 

D)  Checkpoint Segment

Overview

The Checkpoint Segment is a leading global manufacturer and provider of hardware and software systems plus security labels 
and tags providing inventory control and loss-prevention solutions to world-leading retailers. 

Checkpoint is a leading manufacturer of technology-driven loss-prevention, inventory-management and labeling solutions, 
including RF and RFID solutions, to the retail and apparel industry. The Segment has three primary product lines: MAS, ALS and 
Retail Merchandising Solutions (“RMS”). The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, 
software, labels and tags for loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel 
labels and tags, some of which are RFID capable. RMS, a small European-centric product line, includes hand-held pricing 
tools and labels and promotional in-store displays. All MAS and ALS products are sold under the Checkpoint brand, and RMS 
is sold under the Meto brand.

Checkpoint is supported by eighteen manufacturing facilities, eleven distribution facilities and four product and software 
development centres around the world. Checkpoint is headquartered in the United States, but uses its global footprint to 
generate sales internationally. Checkpoint sells directly to retailers or apparel manufacturers and competes with other global 
retail labeling companies.

Despite Checkpoint’s market-leading position, strong brand recognition and product development pipeline, only modest 
growth is expected given the changing ‘brick and mortar’ retail landscape. Large contracts with retailers for hardware and 
software can create significant quarter-to-quarter, and in some case, year-to-year revenue volatility. However, Checkpoint’s 
comprehensive solution of hardware and software also creates an important high-margin recurring revenue stream for its 
related consumables. Moreover, CCL is also confident that Checkpoint is well positioned to capture a position in the evolving 
RFID market as retailers seek omni-channel fulfillment systems.

Checkpoint Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales 

2018 

% Growth 

$ 
$ 

 712.9 
101.3 
14.2% 

5.6% 
15.9% 

$ 
$ 

2017

675.2
87.4
12.9%

Sales for the Checkpoint Segment were $712.9 million for 2018, an increase of 5.6% compared to the $675.2 million with 4.7% 
organic growth and 0.9% positive impact from foreign currency translation. 

24

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The MAS product lines posted solid sales and profit improvement across the board; North America, Latin America, Europe 
and Asia generating return on sales in excess of the Segment average. MAS organic sales growth was driven by two large 
chain-wide technology roll outs that commenced in the second half of 2017 and were largely completed in the first half of 
2018. ALS posted solid sales growth, largely at European retailers, and strong profitability improvement globally. MAS and ALS 
operational efficiency gains resulting from restructuring initiatives that completed in the first half of 2018 enhanced results. 
RMS sales were up slightly and profitability was in line with prior year figures. Operating income for 2018 was $101.3 million, 
an increase of 15.9% compared to $87.4 million in 2017. Return on sales improved to 14.2% for 2018, compared to 12.9% for 
2017. Return on sales improvement reflected the financial benefits achieved from post-acquisition restructuring initiatives.

The  Checkpoint  Segment  invested  $37.9  million  in  capital  spending  for  2018,  compared  to  $23.3  million  for  2017.  The 
majority of expenditures in 2018 were in the Asia Pacific region to enhance capacity and efficiency with the MAS and ALS 
manufacturing facilities. Depreciation and amortization for the Checkpoint Segment was $27.9 million for 2018, compared 
to $29.0 million for 2017. 

E) 

Innovia Segment

The Innovia Segment consists of acquired Innovia film operations in 2017, the newly acquired Treofan film facility in 2018, 
plus two small legacy film manufacturing facilities transferred from the CCL Segment. The acquired Innovia and Treofan 
film operations, which comprise the majority of the Segment, provide a global footprint for the manufacture of specialty 
high-performance, multi-layer, surface engineered BOPP films with a facility located in each of Australia, Belgium, Mexico 
and the United Kingdom. These films are sold to customers in the pressure sensitive label materials and consumer packaged 
goods industries worldwide with a small percentage of the total volume consumed internally by CCL Secure within the CCL 
Segment. The two smaller legacy facilities, one located in Germany and one in the United States, produce almost their entire 
output for the CCL Segment’s Food & Beverage and Home & Personal Care businesses, respectively. 

Polypropylene resin is the most significant input cost for this Segment, derived from oil or natural gas and manufactured 
globally by a limited number of producers. Polypropylene costs depend on the prices of natural gas, oil and the availability 
of resin cracking capacity. The Segment does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to volatility of 
polypropylene prices, therefore, the Segment must oversee its customer relationships diligently managing selling prices for 
the optimal long-term financial benefit of the Company. Since the completion of the Innovia acquisition, underlying input 
cost pressures pushed polypropylene prices up considerably, although with some signs of easing late in 2018. 

Film  innovation  remains  a  strategic  focus  for  the  Segment,  investing  resources  in  its  industry  leading  research  and 
development people and laboratory in the United Kingdom. This commitment has resulted in the development of unique 
process  technology,  highly  differentiated  specialty  BOPP  films  and  innovative  surface  coating  technology  keeping  film 
innovation at the forefront for the Segment.

Lastly, since the acquisition of Treofan, the Segment has been engaged in the completion of a new large-scale manufacturing 
capital project. This new line will add 50% manufacturing capacity to the Mexican facility and is scheduled to start-up in the 
second quarter of 2019.

Innovia Segment Financial Performance

Sales 
Operating income  
Return on sales* 

2018 

% Growth 

$ 
$ 

481.6 
17.6 
3.7% 

56.3% 
20.5% 

$ 
$ 

2017

308.2
14.6
4.7%

25

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales in the Innovia Segment for 2018 were $481.6 million, including six months post-Treofan acquisition compared to the 
$308.2 million tallied for the ten-month period post-Innovia acquisition in 2017. Treofan, acquired early July 2018, added 
58.9% acquisition sales growth, foreign currency translation had a 2.3% favourable impact and organic sales declined 4.9%, 
compared to 2017. Legacy Innovia flexible packaging sales declines more than offset sales price improvements for label films. 
Treofan posted solid sales for its first six months post acquisition. 

Operating income increased 20.5% to $17.6 million compared to operating income of $14.6 million for 2017. Both the 2018 
and 2017 years included non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments to fair value acquired inventory, inflating cost of goods 
sold by $4.3 million and $7.0 million for the Treofan and Innovia acquisitions, respectively. Comparative operating income 
was $21.9 million in 2018, and $21.6 million in 2017 eliminating the aforementioned charges for the non-cash acquisition 
accounting adjustments related to the elimination of profit from acquired inventory. Profitability for 2018 was impacted by 
rising polypropylene resin and other input costs that were not yet passed to the customer base, consequently, return on sales 
was 3.7% for 2018 compared to 4.7% for 2017. 

The Innovia Segment invested $22.7 million in capital spending for 2018, compared to $10.9 million for 2017. The majority of 
expenditures in 2018 were in the European film operations and for the completion of the manufacturing line in the Mexican 
facility. Depreciation and amortization for the Innovia Segment was $36.6 million for 2018, compared to $27.4 million for 2017.

F) 

Joint Ventures

For the years ended December 31 

Sales (at 100%) 
  Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden* 

Earnings (losses) in equity-accounted investments (at 100%) 
  Label joint ventures 
  Rheinfelden 

*  primarily sales to CCL Segment

2018 

119.4 
1.3 

120.7 

14.1 
(3.4) 

10.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

125.2 
20.3 

145.5 

11.7 
(4.4) 

7.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

+/-

(4.6%)
(93.6%)

(17.0%)

20.5%
22.7%

46.6%

Results from the joint ventures in CCL-Kontur, Russia; Pacman-CCL, Middle East; and Rheinfelden Americas, United States, are 
not proportionately consolidated into the CCL Segment but instead are accounted for as equity investments. The Company’s 
share of the joint ventures net income is disclosed in “Earnings in Equity-Accounted Investments” in the consolidated income 
statement.  Commencing  October  2017  and  May  2018,  equity  investments  no  longer  include  the  financial  results  of  the   
Acrus-CCL and CCL-Korsini ventures, respectively, due to the Company’s increase in ownership of the entities to 100%.

CCL-Kontur had a record year as sales and profitability increased significantly on strong product mix and market shares 
gains  from  the  new  shrink  sleeve  manufacturing  facility.  Pacman-CCL  posted  strong  increases  in  sales  and  profitability 
contributing meaningfully to overall earnings for 2018 despite the write-off of its investment in the Indian operation. As 
expected Rheinfelden Americas, the aluminum slug joint venture, reduced losses for the year since the facility remained 
closed post an early 2018 fire that has temporarily closed operations and postponed installation of the final tranche of capital 
investment to 2019. Earnings in equity-accounted investments amounted to $5.3 million for 2018, compared to $3.7 million 
for 2017. 

26

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 .   F I N A N C I N G   A N D   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

A)  Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s leverage ratio is as follows:

For the years ended December 31 

Current debt 
Long-term debt 
Total debt(1) 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Net debt(1) 
EBITDA 
Net debt to EBITDA(1) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2018 

71.8 
2,419.8 

2,491.6 
(589.1) 

1,902.5 
995.3 

1.91 

$ 

$ 
$ 

2017

230.6
2,100.8

2,331.4
(557.5)

1,773.9
959.2

1.85

(1)  Total debt, net debt and net debt to EBITDA are non-IFRS measures; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A.

In February 2017, the Company closed a two-year unsecured US$450.0 million term loan facility with a syndicate of banks 
to bolster financing for the Innovia acquisition. Required principal repayments of US$12.0 million per quarter commenced 
June 30, 2017. The facility incurs interest at the applicable domestic rate plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s 
net debt to EBITDA consistent with the existing syndicated revolving facility.

In March 2018, the Company amended its syndicated credit facilities extending the maturity of the aforementioned term 
loan facility from February 2019 to February 2020 and its US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility from December 2020 to   
March 2023. 

In April 2018, the Company closed its initial Canadian offering memorandum for $300.0 million aggregate principal amount 
of 3.864% bonds due April 13, 2028. The bonds are unsecured senior obligations. The proceeds of the offering were used to 
repay drawn debt within the Company’s revolving credit facility.

The Company’s debt structure at December 31, 2018, was primarily comprised of the 144A private bonds of US$500.0 million 
(C$674.5 million), the $300.0 million Canadian bond offering, outstanding debt totalling $1,012.2 million under the unsecured 
syndicated revolving credit facility and the term loan facility of US$366.00 million (C$498.8 million). Outstanding contingent 
letters of credit totalled $3.2 million; accordingly there was US$454.5 million of unused availability on the revolving credit 
facility at December 31, 2018. The Company’s debt structure at December 31, 2017, was principally comprised of bonds of 
US$500.0 million (C$620.3 million), two private debt placements completed in 1998 and 2008 for a total of US$129.0 million 
(C$162.0 million), outstanding debt under the syndicated revolving credit facility of $1,015.1 million and the term loan facility 
of US$414.0 million (C$520.0 million).

Net debt was $1,902.5 million at December 31, 2018, $128.6 million higher than the net debt of $1,773.9 million at December 31, 
2017.  The  increase  in  net  debt  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  debt  drawn  to  finance  six  acquisitions,  the  2018  capital 
expenditure program, the impact of foreign currency translation on total debt partially offset by the increase in cash and cash 
equivalents and debt repayments during the year.

Net debt to EBITDA increased to 1.91 times as at December 31, 2018, compared to 1.85 times at the end of 2017, due to the 
increase in net debt relative to the increase in EBITDA. However, the measure remains very strong after closing six acquisitions 
for proceeds of approximately $365.9 million in 2018. 

The Company’s overall average finance rate was 3.0% as at December 31, 2018, compared to 2.9% as at December 31, 2017. The 
increase in the average finance rate was caused by an increase in rates on the Company’s variable rate debt at December 31, 
2018, partially offset by a decrease in average fixed rate debt due to the repayment of the two private placement debts from 
1998 and 2008.

Interest coverage (a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 8.8 times 
and 9.1 times in 2018 and 2017, respectively, indicative of higher net finance costs associated with the increase in total debt 
and increase in the overall average finance rate.

The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities 
when they are due. The Company believes its liquidity will be satisfactory for the foreseeable future due to its significant 
cash balances, its expected positive operating cash flow and the availability of its unused revolving credit line. The Company 
anticipates funding all of its future commitments from the above sources but may raise further funds by entering into new 
debt financing arrangements or issuing further equity to satisfy its future additional obligations or investment opportunities. 

27

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B)  Cash Flow 

Summary of Cash Flows

Cash provided by operating activities  
Cash provided by (used for) financing activities 
Cash used for investing activities 
Effect of exchange rates on cash 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents – end of year 

2018 

772.7 
(67.3) 
(696.1) 
22.3 

31.6 

589.1 

2017

711.2
733.0
(1,464.3)
(7.5)

(27.6)

557.5

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

In 2018, cash provided by operating activities was $772.7 million, compared to $711.2 million in 2017. Free cash flow from 
operations reached $442.5 million for 2018, compared to $438.3 million in the prior year. The free cash flow from operations 
was primarily attributable to an increase in cash flow from operations, partially offset by an increase in capital additions for 
the year.

The Company maintains a rigorous focus on its investment in non-cash working capital. Days of working capital employed  
(a non-IFRS measure; see “Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures” in Section 5A) was 18 days and 17 days for 
the years ended December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, respectively. The days working capital employed increased 
slightly as the Company largely offset trade and other receivables and inventory increases with a corresponding increase in 
trade and other payables. 

Cash used for financing activities in 2018 was $67.3 million, consisting of net debt borrowings and repayments of long-term 
debt almost equal and proceeds from the issuance of shares of $19.1 million due to the exercise of stock options offset 
by dividend payments of $92.2 million. In 2017, financing activities provided cash of $733.0 million, primarily used for the 
acquisition of Innovia.

Cash used for investing activities in 2018 of $696.1 million was primarily for acquisitions that totalled $365.9 million and net 
capital expenditures of $330.2 million (see below). 

After the above noted items and the $22.3 million positive effect of foreign currency rates, cash and cash equivalents increased 
by $31.6 million in 2018 to $589.1 million. 

Capital spending in 2018 amounted to $352.9 million and proceeds from capital dispositions were $22.7 million, resulting 
in net capital expenditures of $330.2 million, compared to $272.9 million in 2017. Net capital spending exceeded annual 
depreciation and amortization expense as significant capital was required for the capacity-constrained Food & Beverage 
operations of the CCL Segment and $12.2 million for the new extrusion line at Treofan. Depreciation and amortization in 2018 
amounted to $278.0 million, compared to $259.2 million in 2017.

The  Company  is  continuing  to  seek  investment  opportunities  to  expand  its  business  geographically,  add  capacity  in  its 
facilities and improve its competitiveness. As in previous years, capital spending will be monitored closely and adjusted based 
on the level of cash flow generated.

C) 

Interest Rate, Foreign Exchange Management and Other Hedges

The  Company  periodically  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  to  hedge  interest  rate  and  foreign  exchange  risks.  The 
Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

As the Company operates internationally and less than 3.0% of its 2018 sales to end-use customers are denominated in 
Canadian dollars, the Company has exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company partially 
manages these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and U.S. dollars. Additionally, each 
subsidiary’s sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further minimizing the foreign exchange 
impact on the operating results. 

The Company also has exposure to market risks related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the 
Company maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

The Company periodically uses interest rate swap agreements to allocate notional debt between fixed and floating rates. 
The Company believes that a balance of fixed and floating rate debt can reduce overall interest expense and is in line with its 
investment in short-term assets such as working capital, and long-term assets such as property, plant and equipment. The 
Company uses cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (“CCIRSA”) as a means to convert U.S. dollar debt into euro debt 
to hedge a portion of its euro-based investment and cash flows.

28

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at December 31, 2018, the Company utilized CCIRSAs to effectively convert notional US$376.2 million 3.25% fixed rate 
debt into 1.16% and 1.23% fixed rate euro debt, hedging its euro-based assets and cash flows. The effect of the CCIRSAs has 
been to decrease finance cost by $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. 

The  Company  has  potential  credit  risks  arising  from  derivative  financial  instruments  if  a  counterparty  fails  to  meet  its 
obligations. The Company’s counterparties are large international financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty 
has failed to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2018, the Company had no exposure to credit 
risk arising from derivative financial instruments. 

As at December 31, 2018, the Company had US$1,218.0 million, €223.2 million, C$379.5 million and �60.3 million drawn 
under the 144A private bonds, CAD bonds, term credit facility and revolving credit facility, which are hedging a portion of its  
U.S. dollar-based, euro-based and pound sterling-based investments and cash flows.

D)  Equity and Dividends

Summary of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Dividends 
Settlement of exercised stock options  
Shares released from trust, net of purchase of shares for trust   
Contributed surplus on expensing of stock options and stock-based compensation plans 
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains, net of tax 
Increase in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Increase in equity 

Equity 
Shares issued at December 31 – Class A (000s) 
  – Class B (000s) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

466.8 
(91.9) 
27.2 
(0.3) 
14.7 
10.6 
88.1 

515.2 

2,673.1 
11,836  
165,921 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017

474.1
(80.8)
18.0
—
13.8
9.6
(52.0)

382.7

2,157.9
11,837
164,951

In 2018, the Company declared dividends of $91.9 million, compared to $80.8 million declared in the prior year. As previously 
discussed, the dividend payout ratio in 2018 was 19% (2017 – 17%) of adjusted earnings. After careful review of the current year 
results, budgeted cash flow and income for 2019, the Board has declared a 31% increase in the annual dividend: an increase 
of $0.04 per Class B share per quarter, from $0.13 to $0.17 per Class B share per quarter ($0.68 per Class B share annualized).

If cash flow periodically exceeds attractive acquisition opportunities available, the Company may also repurchase its shares 
provided that the repurchase is accretive to earnings per share, is at a valuation equal to or lower than valuations for acquisition 
opportunities, and will not materially increase financial leverage beyond targeted levels. The Company did not repurchase 
any of its shares for cancellation in 2018.

29

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
E)  Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations

The Company’s obligations relating to debt, leases and other liabilities at the end of 2018 were as follows:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2018

Payments Due by Period

Carrying 
Amount

Carrying 
Amount

Contractual 
Cash Flows

0–6  
Months

6–12  
Months

1–2  
Years

2–5  
Years

More than  
5 Years

1.3 $
6.5
162.0
6.2
620.3
—

1.4 $
2.9
1.0
2.6
674.5
298.2

1.4 $
2.9
1.0
2.6
681.8
300.0

1,015.1

1,012.2

1,013.5

520.0

498.8

499.1

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

153.6*

188.4*

104.7*

0.3

0.5 $
1.4
1.0
0.8
—
—

—

32.7

24.5

5.6

3.3

0.2

1,018.4

1,223.4

1,223.4

1,223.4

*

—

*

—

149.5*

204.8

2.1

21.0

0.5 $
1.3
—
0.8
—
—

—

32.7

25.6

11.0

5.7

0.1

—

2.1

21.1

0.4 $
0.2
—
0.6
—
—

— $
—
—
0.4
—
—

—

1,013.5

433.7

34.1

22.2

11.6

—

—

15.4

34.5

—

69.4

66.5

34.8

—

—

42.3

59.4

—
—
—
—
681.8
300.0

—

—

—

83.1

49.3

—

—

87.6

68.8

Non-derivative financial liabilities
$

Secured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured notes
Finance lease liabilities
Unsecured Rule 144A bonds
Unsecured Canadian bonds
Unsecured syndicated  
  bank credit facility
Unsecured syndicated  
  bank term credit facility
Interest on unsecured  
  bank credit facilities
Interest on unsecured  
  Rule 144A bonds 
Interest on unsecured  
  Canadian bonds
Interest on other  
long-term debt

Trade and other payables
Accrued post-employment 
  benefit liabilities
Operating leases

Total contractual  
  cash obligations

$

3,349.8 $

3,715.0 $ 4,527.0 $

1,316.5 $

100.9 $ 

552.7 $

1,286.3 $

1,270.6

* 

  Accrued  long-term  employee  benefit  and  post-employment  benefit  liability  of  $50.8  million,  accrued  interest  of  $9.2  million  on  unsecured  notes, 
unsecured bonds, unsecured two-year term loan and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $1.6 million on derivatives are 
reported in trade and other payables in 2018 (2017: $10.1 million, $9.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively).

Pension Obligations

The Company sponsors a number of defined benefit plans in countries that give rise to accrued post-employment benefit 
obligations. The accrued benefit obligation for these plans at the end of 2018 was $707.2 million (2017 – $696.6 million) 
and the fair value of the plan assets was $378.7 million (2017 – $376.9 million), for a net deficit of $328.5 million (2017 –  
$319.7 million). Contributions to defined benefit plans during 2018 were $20.3 million (2017 – $18.8 million). The Company 
expects to contribute $54.6 million to the pension plans in 2019, inclusive of defined contribution plans. These estimated 
funding requirements will be adjusted annually, based on various market factors such as interest rates, expected returns and 
staffing assumptions, including compensation and mortality. The Company’s contributions are funded through cash flows 
generated from operations. Management anticipates that future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund expected 
future contributions. Details of the Company’s pension plans and related obligations are set out in note 19, “Employee Benefits,” 
of the consolidated financial statements.

Other Obligations and Commitments

The  Company  has  provided  various  loan  guarantees  for  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  totalling  $46.3  million  (2017  –   
$48.9  million).  The  Company  has  posted  surety  bonds  through  accredited  insurance  companies  globally  totaling   
$74.2 million (2017 – $75.5 million). There are no other material “off-balance sheet” financing obligations except for typical 
long-term operating lease agreements. The nature of these commitments is described in note 25 of the consolidated financial 
statements. There are no defined benefit plans funded with the Company’s stock.

30

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
F)  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant information is gathered and 
reported to senior management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Senior Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), on a timely basis so that appropriate decisions can be made regarding public disclosure. 
The Company’s Disclosure Committee reviews all external reports and documents before publication to enhance disclosure 
controls and procedures.

As at December 31, 2018, based on the continued evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures, the CEO and the 
CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in National Instrument 52-109, 
Certificate of Disclosure in Issuers Annual and Interim Filings (“NI 52-109”), are effective to ensure that information required to 
be disclosed in reports and documents that the Company files or submits under Canadian securities legislation is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified.

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  IFRS.  Management  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. NI 52-109 requires CEOs and 
CFOs to certify that they are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting for the 
issuer, that internal control has been designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 
and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS, that the internal control over financial reporting is 
effective, and that the issuer has disclosed any changes in its internal control during its most recent interim period that has 
materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect its internal control over financial reporting.

In accordance with the provisions of NI 52-109, management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer, have limited the scope of their design of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control 
over financial reporting to exclude controls, policies and procedures of Treofan. The Company acquired Treofan and its 
subsidiaries on July 2018.

The Treofan acquisition contributed approximately 2.3% of sales per the Company’s consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended December 31, 2018.

The scope limitation is primarily based on the time required to assess Treofan’s disclosure controls and procedures and 
internal control over financial reporting in a manner consistent with the Company’s other operations. The assessment on 
the design effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting is on track for 
completion by the end of the second quarter of 2019 and the assessment of the operating effectiveness will be completed 
by the fourth quarter of 2019.

Except for the preceding changes, based on the evaluation of the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting, the CEO and the CFO concluded that internal control over financial reporting was 
effective as at December 31, 2018.

There were no material changes in internal control over financial reporting in the financial year ended December 31, 2018.

31

2018 Annual Report4 .   R I S KS   A N D   U N C E R TA I N T I E S

The Company is subject to the usual commercial risks and uncertainties from operating as a Canadian public company and 
as a supplier of goods and services to the non-durable consumer packaging and consumer durables industries on a global 
basis. A number of these potential risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company are as follows:

Potential Risks Relating to Significant Operations in Foreign Countries

The Company operates plants in North America, Europe, Latin America, Asia, Australia and the Middle East. Sales to customers 
located  outside  of  Canada  in  2018  were  97%  of  the  Company’s  total  sales,  a  level  similar  to  that  in  2017.  Non-Canadian 
operating results are translated into Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate for the period covered. The Company has 
significant operating bases in both the United States and Europe. In 2018, 39% and 33% of total sales were to customers in 
the United States and Europe, respectively. The Company’s operating results and cash flows could be negatively impacted 
by slower or declining growth rates in these key markets. The sales from business units in Latin America, Asia, South Africa 
and Australia in 2018 were 25% of the Company’s total sales. In addition, the Company has equity-accounted investments 
in Russia, the United States and the Middle East. There are risks associated with operating a decentralized organization in  
168 manufacturing facilities in 40 countries around the world with a variety of different cultures and values. Operations outside 
of Canada, the United States and Europe are perceived generally to have greater political and economic risks and include 
the Company’s operations in Latin America, parts of Asia, Russia and the Middle East. These risks include, but are not limited 
to, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, inflation, changes in foreign law and regulations, government nationalization 
of certain industries, currency controls, potential adverse tax consequences and locally accepted business practices and 
standards that may not be similar to accepted business practices and standards in North America and Europe. Although the 
Company has controls and procedures intended to mitigate these risks, these risks cannot be entirely eliminated and may 
have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial results of the Company.

Competitive Environment

The Company faces competition from other suppliers in all the markets in which it operates. There can be no assurance that 
the Company will be able to compete successfully against its current or future competitors or that such competition will not 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This competitive 
environment may preclude the Company from passing on higher material, labour and energy costs to its customers. Any 
significant increase in in-house manufacturing by customers of the Company could adversely affect the business, financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company.  In  addition,  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  results  may  be 
negatively  impacted  by  competitors  developing  new  products  or  processes  that  are  of  superior  quality  to  those  of  the 
Company or that fit the Company’s customers’ needs better, or have lower costs; or by consolidation within the Company’s 
competitors or by further pricing pressure being placed on the industry by the large retail chains. 

Foreign Exchange Exposure and Hedging Activities

Sales of the Company’s products to customers outside Canada account for approximately 97% of the revenue of the Company. 
Because the prices for such products are quoted in foreign currencies, any increase in the value of the Canadian dollar relative 
to such currencies, in particular the U.S. dollar and the euro, reduces the amount of Canadian dollar revenues and operating 
income reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements. The Company also buys inputs for its products 
in world markets in several currencies. Exchange rate fluctuations are beyond the Company’s control and there can be no 
assurance that such fluctuations will not have a material adverse effect on the reported results of the Company. The use of 
derivatives to provide hedges of certain exposures, such as interest rate swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts and 
aluminum futures contracts, could impact negatively on the Company’s operations.

Retention of Key Personnel and Experienced Workforce 

Management believes that an important competitive advantage of the Company has been, and will continue to be, the know-
how and expertise possessed by its personnel at all levels of the Company. While the machinery and equipment used by the 
Company are generally available to competitors of the Company, the experience and training of the Company’s workforce 
allows the Company to obtain a level of efficiency and a level of flexibility that management believes to be high relative to 
levels in the industries in which it competes. To date, the Company has been successful in recruiting, training and retaining 
its personnel over the long term, and while management believes that the know-how of the Company is widely distributed 
throughout the Company, the loss of the services of certain of its experienced personnel could have a material adverse effect 
on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

32

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual ReportThe operations of the Company are dependent on the abilities, experience and efforts of its senior management team. To date, 
the Company has been successful in recruiting and retaining competent senior management. Loss of certain members of the 
executive team of the Company could have a disruptive effect on the implementation of the Company’s business strategy and 
the efficient running of day-to-day operations. This could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company.

Acquired Businesses

As  part  of  its  growth  strategy,  the  Company  continues  to  pursue  acquisition  opportunities  where  such  transactions  are 
economically  and  strategically  justified.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  identify 
attractive acquisition opportunities in the future or have the required resources to complete desired acquisitions, or that 
it  will  succeed  in  effectively  managing  the  integration  of  acquired  businesses.  The  failure  to  implement  the  acquisition 
strategy, to successfully integrate acquired businesses or joint ventures into the Company’s structure, or to control operating 
performance and achieve synergies may have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

In addition, there may be liabilities that the Company has failed or was unable to discover in its due diligence prior to the 
consummation of the acquisition. In particular, to the extent that prior owners of acquired businesses failed to comply with 
or otherwise violated applicable laws, including environmental laws, the Company, as a successor owner, may be financially 
responsible for these violations. A discovery of any material liabilities could have a material adverse effect on the business, 
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Long-Term Growth Strategy

The Company has experienced significant and steady growth since the global economic downturn of 2009. The Company’s 
organic growth initiatives coupled with its international acquisitions over the last number of years can place a strain on a 
number of aspects of its operating platform including: human infrastructure, operational capacity and information systems. 
The  Company’s  ability  to  continually  adapt  and  augment  all  aspects  of  its  operational  platform  is  critical  to  realizing  its 
long-term growth strategy. Another key aspect to CCL’s growth strategy includes increased development of the Company’s 
presence in emerging markets that could create exposure to unstable political conditions, economic volatility and social 
challenges. If the Company cannot adjust to its anticipated growth, results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Lower than Anticipated Demand 

Although the Checkpoint Segment enjoys the advantage of significantly lower customer concentration than the rest of the 
Company; the Segment is heavily dependent on the retail marketplace. Changes in the economic environment including the 
liquidity and financial condition of its customers, the impact of online customer spending or reductions in retailer spending 
and new store openings could adversely affect the Segment’s sales. A reduction in the commitment for chain-wide installations 
due to decreased consumer spending that results in reduced demand for loss prevention by retail customers or failure by the 
Segment to develop new technology that entices the customer to maintain its commitment to Checkpoint’s loss prevention 
products and services may also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Exposure to Income Tax Reassessments

The  Company  operates  in  many  countries  throughout  the  world.  Each  country  has  its  own  income  tax  regulations  and 
many of these countries have additional income and other taxes applied at state, provincial and local levels. The Company’s 
international investments are complex and subject to interpretation in each jurisdiction from a legal and tax perspective. 
The Company’s tax filings are subject to audit by local authorities, and the Company’s positions in these tax filings may be 
challenged. The Company may not be successful in defending these positions and could be involved in lengthy and costly 
litigation during this process and could be subject to additional income taxes, interest and penalties. This outcome could 
have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Risks in Integrating and Restructuring Innovia 

The Company acquired the global operations of Innovia on February 28, 2017, and immediately commenced an integration 
and restructuring initiative. Innovia had 1,200 employees with six manufacturing facilities in four countries supplying BOPP 
films  and  polymer  banknotes  globally.  The  size,  geographic  scope  and  complexity  of  Innovia’s  operations  exceed  the 
typical acquisition of the Company and therefore the integration and restructuring initiative may be more complex and time 
consuming. A failure to integrate and restructure the acquired business in a timely and effective manner could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

33

2018 Annual ReportRealization of Deferred Tax Assets 

The Company needs to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods in certain foreign and domestic tax jurisdictions 
to realize the tax benefit. If there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary difference 
or loss carry-forwards become taxable or deductible, the Company may have to revise its unrecognized deferred tax assets. 
This could result in an increase in the effective tax rate and could have a material adverse effect on future results. Changes 
in statutory tax rate may change the deferred tax asset or liability, with either a positive or negative impact on the effective 
tax rate. The computation and assessment of the ability to realize the deferred tax asset balance is complex and requires 
significant judgment. New legislation or a change in underlying assumptions may have a material adverse effect on the 
business, financial condition and results of the Company.

Fluctuations in Operating Results

While the Company’s operating results over the past several years have indicated a general upward trend in sales and net 
earnings, operating results within particular product forms, within particular facilities of the Company and within particular 
geographic markets have undergone fluctuations in the past and, in management’s view, are likely to do so in the future. 
Operating results may fluctuate in the future as a result of many factors in addition to the global economic conditions, and 
these factors include the volume of orders received relative to the manufacturing capacity of the Company, the level of price 
competition (from competing suppliers both in domestic and in other lower-cost jurisdictions), variations in the level and 
timing of orders, the cost of raw materials and energy, the ability to develop innovative solutions and the mix of revenue 
derived in each of the Company’s businesses. Operating results may also be impacted by the inability to achieve planned 
volumes through normal growth and successful renegotiation of current contracts with customers and by the inability to 
deliver expected benefits from cost reduction programs derived from the restructuring of certain business units. Any of 
these factors or a combination of these factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company.

Insurance Coverage

Management believes that insurance coverage of the Company’s facilities addresses all material insurable risks, provides 
coverage that is similar to that which would be maintained by a prudent owner/operator of similar facilities and is subject 
to deductibles, limits and exclusions that are customary or reasonable given the cost of procuring insurance and current 
operating conditions. However, there can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be offered on an economically 
feasible basis or at current premium levels, that the Company will be able to pass through any increased premium costs or that 
all events that could give rise to a loss or liability are insurable, or that the amounts of insurance will at all times be sufficient 
to cover each and every loss or claim that may occur involving the assets or operations of the Company. 

Brexit

In June 2016, a majority of voters in a national referendum approved the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European 
Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit”. Withdrawal by the United Kingdom from the European Union (“E.U.”) is to occur by 
March 29, 2019, and there exists significant uncertainty as to the nature of the United Kingdom’s ongoing relationship with 
the E.U. following the withdrawal date. While it is anticipated that a process of negotiation regarding the longer term future 
of the United Kingdom’s relationship with the E.U. will continue, there is significant uncertainty about the outcome of such 
negotiations, which could result in the U.K. losing access to certain aspects of the single E.U. market and the global trade 
deals negotiated by the E.U. on behalf of its members. Brexit and the perceptions as to the impact of the withdrawal of the 
U.K. may adversely affect business activity, political stability, consumer and corporate confidence and economic conditions 
in the U.K., in those countries which have adopted the euro as their currency (the “Eurozone”), in the E.U. and elsewhere. The 
economic outlook could be further adversely affected by: (i) the risk that one or more other E.U. countries could come under 
increasing pressure to leave the E.U. (ii) The risk that the euro as the single currency of the Eurozone could cease to exist.  
(iii) The risk arising from changes in laws and regulations in the U.K. (iv) The risk that movements in the U.K. pound exchange 
rates related to Brexit could damage competitiveness or profitability as a significant portion of the Company’s U.K. transactions 
are priced in U.S. dollars and euros. Any of these developments, or the perception that any of these developments are likely 
to occur, could have a material adverse effect on economic growth or business activity in the U.K., the Eurozone, the E.U. 
or elsewhere and could result in the relocation of businesses, cause business interruptions, lead to economic recession or 
depression, and impact the stability of the financial markets, availability of credit, political systems or financial institutions 
and the financial and monetary system. Given that the Company conducts a significant portion of its business in the E.U. and 
the U.K., any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial position, liquidity and 
results of operations of the Company. 

34

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual ReportChanges in U.S. Trade Policies

The President of the United States and other U.S. governmental officials have made public statements indicating possible 
significant changes in U.S. trade policy and have taken certain actions impacting trade, including implementing and increasing 
tariffs on certain goods imported into the U.S. Changes in U.S. trade policy could trigger retaliatory actions by affected 
countries, resulting in one or more “trade wars”.

Trade wars could create significant uncertainty and could have a material adverse effect on economic growth and business 
activity  within  the  countries  involved  and  more  broadly  and  impact  the  stability  of  the  financial  markets.  Any  of  these 
developments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, liquidity and results of 
operations.

Dependence on Customers

The Company has a modest dependence on certain customers. The Company’s two largest customers combined accounted 
for approximately 9.0% of the consolidated revenue for the fiscal year 2018. The five largest customers of the Company 
represented approximately 16.2% of the total revenue for 2018 and the 25 largest customers represented approximately 36.7% 
of the total revenue. Several thousand customers make up the remainder of total revenue. Although the Company has strong 
partnership relationships with its customers, there can be no assurance that the Company will maintain its relationship with 
any particular customer or continue to provide services to any particular customer at current levels. A loss of any significant 
customer, or a decrease in the sales to any such customer, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company. Consolidation within the consumer products marketer base and office 
retail superstores could have a negative impact on the Company’s business, depending on the nature and scope of any such 
consolidation.

Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements and Other Considerations

The Company is subject to numerous federal, provincial, state and municipal statutes, regulations, by-laws, guidelines and 
policies, as well as permits and other approvals related to the protection of the environment and workers’ health and safety. 
The  Company  maintains  active  health  and  safety  and  environmental  programs  for  the  purpose  of  preventing  injuries  to 
employees and pollution incidents at its manufacturing sites. The Company also carries out a program of environmental 
compliance audits, including an independent third-party pollution liability assessment for acquisitions, to assess the adequacy 
of compliance at the operating level and to establish provisions, as required, for environmental site remediation plans. The 
Company has environmental insurance for most of its operating sites, with certain exclusions for historical matters. 

Despite these programs and insurance coverage, further proceedings or inquiries from regulators on employee health and 
safety requirements, particularly in Canada, the United States and the European Economic Community (collectively, the 
“EHS Requirements”), could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. In addition, changes to existing EHS Requirements, the adoption of new EHS Requirements in the future, or 
changes to the enforcement of EHS Requirements, as well as the discovery of additional or unknown conditions at facilities 
owned, operated or used by the Company, could require expenditures that might materially affect the business, financial 
condition and results of operations of the Company to the extent not covered by indemnity, insurance or covenant not to 
sue. Furthermore, while the Company has generally benefited from increased regulations on its customers’ products, the 
demand for the services or products of the Company may be adversely affected by the amendment or repeal of laws or by 
changes to the enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies concerning such laws.

Operating and Product Hazards

The Company’s revenues are dependent on the continued operation of its facilities and its customers. The operation of 
manufacturing plants involves many risks, including the failure or substandard performance of equipment, natural disasters, 
suspension of operations and new governmental statutes, regulations, guidelines and policies. The total loss of certain of 
the Company’s manufacturing plants could have a significant financial impact on the affected business segment, particularly 
where the plant represents a single or significant source of supply. The operations of the Company and its customers are 
also subject to various hazards incidental to the production, use, handling, processing, storage and transportation of certain 
hazardous materials. These hazards can cause personal injury, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment 
and environmental damage. Furthermore, the Company may become subject to claims with respect to workplace exposure, 
workers’ compensation and other matters. The Company’s pharmaceutical and specialty food product operations are subject 
to stringent federal, state, provincial and local health, food and drug regulations and controls, and may be impacted by 
consumer product liability claims and the possible unavailability and/or expense of liability insurance. The Company prints 
information on its labels and containers that, if incorrect, could give rise to product liability claims. A determination by 
applicable regulatory authorities that any of the Company’s facilities are not in compliance with any such regulations or 
controls in any material respect may have a material adverse effect on the Company. A successful product liability claim 
(or a series of claims) against the Company in excess of its insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on the 

35

2018 Annual Reportbusiness, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of 
these liabilities or the timing thereof. The occurrence of material operational problems, including, but not limited to, the above 
events, could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The Timing and Volume of New Banknote Orders

The CCL Secure banknote substrate operation is dependent on government procurement decisions and the volume and 
timing of new or replacement banknote orders is often uncertain. These decisions can be influenced by many political factors 
that could delay or reduce the volume of banknote orders. The impact of new large volume banknote orders may result in the 
Company having to invest in material capital projects to support government procurement decisions. As a result, volatility 
may be created in the cash flows and in the financial results of the CCL Secure operations and could have a material adverse 
effect on the financial condition of the Company.

Decline in Address Mailing Labels

Since the advent of e-mail, traditional mail volumes have declined, particularly over the past decade. Address labels used for 
traditional mail has historically been a core product for the Avery business. There is a direct correlation of address label sales 
volumes to the quantity of mail in circulation in each of the markets in which Avery operates. Accordingly, a further dramatic 
decline in traditional mail volume, without the introduction of offsetting new consumer printable media applications in Avery, 
could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Product Security

CCL Secure’s banknote substrate business is involved in high security applications and must maintain highly secured facilities 
and product shipments. CCL Secure maintains vigorous security and material control procedures. All employees, guests and 
third party contractors with access to facilities and products are prudently screened and monitored. However, the loss of a 
product, counterfeiting of a high security feature or the breach of a secured facility as a result of negligence, collusion or 
theft is possible. Loss of product whilst in transit, particularly during transshipment, through the failure of freight management 
companies or the loss of the shipment vehicle by accident or act of God is possible. Consequently, the financial damage and 
potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

Financial Reporting

The Company prepares its financial reports in accordance with accounting policies and methods prescribed by IFRS. In the 
preparation of financial reports, management may need to rely upon assumptions, make estimates or use their best judgment 
in determining the financial condition of the Company. Significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the 
notes to the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018. In order to have a 
reasonable level of assurance that financial transactions are properly authorized, assets are safeguarded against unauthorized 
or improper use and transactions are properly recorded and reported, the Company has implemented and continues to 
analyze its internal control systems for financial reporting. Although the Company believes that its financial reporting and 
financial statements are prepared with reasonable safeguards to ensure reliability, the Company cannot provide absolute 
assurance in that regard.

Compliance with Anti-Bribery and Export Laws

Due to the Company’s global operations, the Company is subject to many laws governing international relations, including 
those that prohibit improper payments to government officials and commercial customers, and which may restrict where the 
Company can do business, what information or products the Company can supply to certain countries and what information 
the Company can provide to foreign governments, including but not limited to the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public 
Officials Act (“CFPOA”), the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act and the U.S. Export Administration 
Act. The Company’s policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. The Company operates in many parts of the 
world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with 
anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Given the high level of complexity of these laws, there is a risk 
that some provisions may be inadvertently or intentionally breached, for example through fraudulent or negligent behavior 
of individual employees, the Company’s failure to comply with certain formal documentation requirements or otherwise. 
Additionally, the Company may be held liable for actions taken by local dealers and partners. If the Company is found to be 
liable for CFPOA, FCPA or other violations (either due to the Company’s own acts or through inadvertence, or due to the acts 
or inadvertence of others), the Company could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, which could have 
a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

36

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual ReportNew Product Developments 

Markets are continually evolving based on the ingenuity of the Company and its competitors, consumer preferences and 
new product identification and information technologies. To the extent that any such new developments result in a decrease 
in the use of any of the Company’s products, a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations 
could occur. 

Checkpoint’s  ability  to  create  new  products  and  to  sustain  existing  products  is  affected  by  whether  the  Company  can 
develop and fund technological innovations, such as those related to the next generation of product solutions, evolving 
RFID technologies, and other innovative security devices, software and systems initiatives. The failure to develop and launch 
successful new products could have a material adverse effect on Checkpoint’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

Although the Innovia Segment has a unique manufacturing process for its BOPP and CCL Secure is the leading manufacturer 
of polymer banknote substrate, it is dependent on its ability to constantly evolve the technological capabilities of its products 
to meet the demands of its customer base. New scientific advancements in polymer film manufacturing could curtail the 
use of Innovia’s BOPP, while the advancement of e-commerce and cashless societies may outmode the need for polymer 
banknotes. Failure to invest in intellectual properties and perpetually innovate may result in lower demand for films and 
banknote substrate and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

Labour Relations

While labour relations between the Company and its employees have been stable in the recent past and there have been 
no material disruptions in operations as a result of labour disputes, the maintenance of a productive and efficient labour 
environment cannot be assured. Accordingly, a strike, lockout or deterioration of labour relationships could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

Legal Proceedings

Any alleged failure by the Company to comply with applicable laws and regulations in the countries of operation may lead 
to the imposition of fines and penalties or the denial, revocation or delay in the renewal of permits and licenses issued by 
governmental authorities. In addition, governmental authorities, as well as third parties, may claim that the Company is liable 
for environmental damages. A significant judgment against the Company, the loss of a significant permit or other approval 
or the imposition of a significant fine or penalty could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company. 

Moreover, the Company may from time to time be notified of claims that it may be infringing patents, copyrights or other 
intellectual property rights owned by other third parties. Any litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of 
resources, and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the 
Company. In the future, third parties may assert infringement claims against the Company or its customers. In the event of 
an infringement claim, the Company may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop a non-infringing 
alternative or to obtain licenses. The Company may not be successful in developing such an alternative or obtaining a license 
on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, any such litigation could be lengthy and costly and could have a material adverse 
effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Company. 

The Company may also be subject to claims arising from its failure to manufacture a product to the specifications of its 
customers or from personal injury arising from a consumer’s use of a product or component manufactured by the Company. 
While the Company will seek indemnity from its customers for claims made against the Company by consumers, and while 
the Company maintains what management believes to be appropriate levels of insurance to respond to such claims, there 
can be no assurance that the Company will be fully indemnified by its customers or that insurance coverage will continue 
to be available or, if available, will be adequate to cover all costs arising from such claims. In addition, the Company could 
become subject to claims relating to its prior or acquired businesses, including environmental and tax matters, or claims by 
third parties, such as distributors or agents. There can be no assurance that insurance coverage will be adequate to cover 
all costs arising from such claims.

Specifically during 2018, the Federal Court of Australia awarded a judgment and costs against a subsidiary of the Company, 
CCL Secure Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), totaling AUD 70.0 million (C$67.3 million), finding a wrongful 
termination  of  an  agency  agreement  with  Benoy  Berry  and  a  company  controlled  by  him,  Global  Secure  Currency  Ltd. 
(collectively “Berry”), an arm’s length third party in Nigeria. ISPL is appealing the judgment. As part of the appeals process, 
the Australian court mandated that the Company guarantee the entire judgment in order to stay execution of the judgment 
pending resolution of the appeal. The Company maintains a provision in its accounts of its estimate of the likely final award 
and liability of ISPL.

37

2018 Annual ReportIn the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue is expected to be heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 
2011 by Berry in Nigerian Federal Court against ISPL and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively “IFL”), as well as other defendants 
not affiliated with ISPL. The lawsuit alleges that IFL and the co-defendants committed to build a banknote substrate plant in 
Nigeria and Berry seeks an order requiring IFL and the co-defendants to build the plant or in lieu thereof, grant an award of 
total damages in the amount of €1.5 billion (C$2.3 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, which the Company 
considers to be without merit and accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter.

Events surrounding these cases occurred at a time when the Reserve Bank of Australia had a 50% equity interest in ISPL. 

Defined Benefit Post-Employment Plans

The Company is the sponsor of a number of defined benefit plans in ten countries that give rise to accrued post-employment 
benefit obligations. Although the Company believes that its current financial resources combined with its expected future 
cash flows from operations and returns on post-employment plan assets will be sufficient to satisfy the obligations under 
these plans in future years, the cash outflow and higher expenses associated with these plans may be higher than expected 
and may have a material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company.

Breach of Legal and Regulatory Requirements

CCL  Secure’s  banknote  substrate  operation  has  the  highest  accreditation  within  the  security  printing  industry.  This 
accreditation provides governments and Central Banks with assurance in respect of safeguarding high ethical standards and 
business practices. Violation of CCL Secure’s highly strict requirements and constant detailed oversight in relation to bribery, 
corruption and anti-competitive activities remains a risk in an industry expecting the highest ethical standards. Consequently, 
the financial damage and potential reputational impairment on CCL Secure which could arise if the standards and practices 
are compromised, or perceived to have been compromised, may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Material Disruption of Information Technology Systems 

The Company is increasingly dependent on information technology (“IT”) systems to manufacture its products, process 
transactions, respond to customer questions, manage inventory, purchase, sell and ship goods on a timely basis and maintain 
cost-efficient operations as well as maintain its e-commerce websites. Any material disruption or slowdown of the systems, 
including a disruption or slowdown caused by the Company’s failure to successfully upgrade its systems, system failures, 
viruses or other causes could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company. If changes in technology cause the Company’s information systems to become obsolete, or if information 
systems are inadequate to handle growth, the Company could incur losses and costs due to interruption of its operations.

The Company maintains information within its IT networks and on the cloud to operate its business, as well as confidential 
personal  employee  and  customer  information.  The  secure  maintenance  of  this  information  is  critical  to  the  Company’s 
operations and reputation. The Company invests in hardware and software to prevent the risk of intrusion, tampering and 
theft. Any such unauthorized breach of the IT infrastructure could compromise the data maintained, causing a significant 
disruption in operations or meaningful harm to the Company’s reputation, resulting in a material adverse effect on financial 
results.

Impairment in the Carrying Value of Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangible Assets

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had approximately $2.3 billion of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets on its 
statement of financial position, the value of which is reviewed for impairment at least annually. The assessment of the value 
of goodwill and intangible assets depends on a number of key factors requiring estimates and assumptions about earnings 
growth, operating margins, discount rates, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and market capitalization. 
There can be no assurance that future reviews of goodwill and intangible assets will not result in an impairment charge. 
Although it does not affect cash flow, an impairment charge does have the effect of reducing the Company’s earnings, total 
assets and equity.

Raw Materials and Component Parts

Although the Company is a large customer to certain key suppliers, it is also an inconsequential buyer of some materials. 
The ability to grow earnings will be affected by inflationary and other increases in the cost of electronic sub-assemblies and 
raw materials, aluminum ingot, slugs and foils, resins, extruded films, pressure sensitive laminates, paper, binder rings and 
plastic components. Inflationary and other increases in the costs of raw materials, labour and energy have occurred in the past 
and are expected to recur, and the Company’s performance depends in part on its ability to pass these cost increases on to 
customers in the price of its products and to effect improvements in productivity. The Company may not be able to fully offset 

38

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Reportthe effects of raw material costs and other sourced components through price increases, productivity improvements or cost-
reduction programs. If the Company cannot obtain sufficient quantities of these items at competitive prices, of appropriate 
quality and on a timely basis, it may not be able to produce sufficient quantities of product to satisfy market demand, product 
shipments may be delayed, or its material or manufacturing costs may increase. Innovia is sensitive to price movements in 
polypropylene resin used in its BOPP films for label, packaging and security applications. Polypropylene is the most significant 
input cost for the Innovia Segment and is traded in the market, with prices linked to the market price of natural gas and 
refining capacity. Price movements must be managed and, where necessary, passed along to the Segment’s customers. 
Failure to pass along higher costs in a timely and effective manner to its customers could have a material adverse effect 
on the Innovia Segment’s business and profitability. Checkpoint’s supply chain relies significantly on components sourced 
from factories in Asia therefore supply disruption and tariff changes could adversely affect sales and profitability. Avery’s 
U.S. supply chain relies almost completely on its plant in Tijuana, Mexico; supply disruption, changes to border controls or 
NAFTA could adversely affect sales and profitability. Overall, any of these problems could result in the loss of customers and 
revenue, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and have a material adverse effect on 
the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Credit Ratings

The credit ratings currently assigned to the Company by Moody’s Investors Service and S&P Global, or that may in the future 
be assigned by other rating agencies, are subject to amendment in accordance with each agency’s rating methodology and 
subjective modifiers driving the credit rating opinion. There is no assurance that any rating assigned to the Company will 
remain in effect for any given period of time or that any rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in 
the future. A downgrade in the credit rating assigned by one or more rating agencies could increase the Company’s cost of 
borrowing or impact the Company’s ability to renegotiate debt, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
financial condition and profitability.

Share Price Volatility

Changes in the Company’s stock price may affect access to, or cost of, financing from capital markets and may affect stock-
based compensation arrangements. The Company’s stock price has appreciated significantly over the last five years and is 
influenced by the financial results of the Company, changes in the overall stock market, demand for equity securities, relative 
peer group performance, market expectation of future financial performance and competitive dynamics among many other 
things. There is no assurance that the Company’s share price will not be volatile in the future.

Increase in Interest Rates

At December 31, 2018, approximately 61% of the Company’s outstanding debt was subject to variable interest rates. Increases 
in short-term interest rates would directly impact interest costs. Significant increases in short-term interest rates will increase 
borrowing costs and could have a material adverse impact on the financial results of the Company.

Protection of Intellectual Property

Certain  of  the  Company’s  products  involve  complex  technology  and  chemistry  and  the  Company  relies  on  maintaining 
protection of this intellectual property and proprietary information to maintain a competitive advantage. The infringement, 
expiration  or  other  loss  of  these  patents  and  other  proprietary  information  would  reduce  the  barriers  to  entry  into  the 
Company’s existing lines of business and may result in loss of market share and a decrease in the Company’s competitiveness, 
which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There also can 
be no assurance that the patents previously obtained or to be obtained by the Company in the future will provide adequate 
protection of such intellectual property or adequately maintain any competitive advantage. 

Dividends

The declaration and payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors taking into account current 
and anticipated cash flow, capital requirements, the general financial condition of the Company and global economy as 
well as the various risk factors set out above. The Board of Directors intends to pay a consistent dividend with consistent 
increases over time, however, the Board of Directors may in certain circumstances determine that it is in the best interests 
of the Company to reduce or suspend the dividend. In that situation the trading price of the Company’s Class A and Class B 
shares may be materially affected. 

39

2018 Annual Report5.   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S   A N D   N O N - I F R S   M E A S U R E S

A)  Key Performance Indicators and Non-IFRS Measures

CCL measures the success of the business using a number of key performance indicators, many of which are in accordance 
with IFRS as described throughout this report. The following performance indicators are not measurements in accordance with 
IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to or replacement of net earnings or any other measure of performance 
under IFRS. These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meaning and may not be comparable to similar measures 
presented by other issuers. In fact, these additional measures are used to provide added insight into the Company’s results 
and are concepts often seen in external analysts’ research reports, financial covenants in banking agreements and note 
agreements, purchase and sales contracts on acquisitions and divestitures of the business, and in discussions and reports to 
and from the Company’s shareholders and the investment community. These non-IFRS measures will be found throughout 
this report and are referenced alphabetically in the definition section below.

Adjusted Basic Earnings per Class B Share – An important non-IFRS measure to assist in understanding the ongoing earnings 
performance of the Company, excluding items of a one-time or non-recurring nature. It is not considered a substitute for basic 
net earnings per Class B share, but it does provide additional insight into the ongoing financial results of the Company. This 
non-IFRS measure is defined as basic net earnings per Class B share excluding gains on dispositions, goodwill impairment 
loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items and tax adjustments. 

Earnings per Class B Share 

Basic earnings 

$ 

Net loss from restructuring and other items 

Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to inventory 

TCJA remeasurement of deferred tax on  

indefinite-life intangibles 

Fourth Quarter 

2017 

$ 

0.97 

$ 

—* 

— 

(0.14) 

2018 

0.65 

0.03 

— 

— 

$ 

2018 

2.64 

0.07 

0.02 

— 

Adjusted basic earnings  

$ 

0.68 

$ 

0.83 

$ 

2.73 

$ 

* 

  The net after-tax impact of restructuring and other items was nominal

 Year-to-Date

2017

2.70

0.07

0.06

(0.14)

2.69

Days of Working Capital Employed – A measure indicating the relative liquidity and asset intensity of the Company’s working 
capital. It is calculated by multiplying the net working capital by the number of days in the quarter and then dividing by the 
quarterly sales. Net working capital includes trade and other receivables, inventories, prepaid expenses, trade and other 
payables, and income taxes recoverable and payable. The following table reconciles the net working capital used in the days 
of working capital employed measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated statements of financial position as at 
the periods ended as indicated.

Days of Working Capital Employed

At December 31 

Trade and other receivables  
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Income taxes recoverable 
Trade and other payables 
Income taxes payable 

Net working capital 

Days in quarter 
Fourth quarter sales 

Days of working capital employed 

40

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

938.0 
524.6 
34.8 
38.7 
(1,223.4) 
(51.2) 

261.5 

92 
1,332.8 

18 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017

821.3
425.1
33.6
13.1
(1,018.4)
(50.7)

224.0

92
1,234.5

17

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend Payout Ratio – The ratio of earnings paid out to the shareholders. It provides an indication of how well earnings 
support the dividend payments. Dividend payout is defined as dividends declared divided by earnings, excluding goodwill 
impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items, and tax adjustments, expressed 
as a percentage.

Dividend Payout Ratio 

Dividends declared per equity 

Adjusted earnings  

Dividend payout ratio 

2018 

91.9 

482.5 

$ 

$ 

Year-to-Date

2017 

80.8

471.7

19% 

17%

$ 

$ 

EBITDA – A critical financial measure used extensively in the packaging industry and other industries to assist in understanding 
and measuring operating results. It is also considered as a proxy for cash flow and a facilitator for business valuations. This 
non-IFRS measure is defined as earnings before net finance cost, taxes, depreciation and amortization, goodwill impairment 
loss, earnings in equity-accounted investments, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and other items. 
The Company believes that EBITDA is an important measure as it allows the assessment of the Company’s ongoing business 
without the impact of net finance costs, depreciation and amortization and income tax expenses, as well as non-operating 
factors and one-time items. As a proxy for cash flow, it is intended to indicate the Company’s ability to incur or service debt 
and to invest in property, plant and equipment, and it allows comparison of the Company’s business to that of its peers and 
competitors who may have different capital or organizational structures. EBITDA is a measure tracked by financial analysts 
and investors to evaluate financial performance and is a key metric in business valuations. EBITDA is considered an important 
measure by lenders to the Company and is included in the financial covenants for the Company’s bank lines of credit.

The following table reconciles EBITDA measures to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated income statements for the 
periods ended as indicated.

EBITDA

Fourth Quarter 

 Year-to-Date

Net earnings  
Corporate expense 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   
Finance cost, net 
Restructuring and other items – net loss (gain) 
Income taxes 

Operating income 
Less: Corporate expense  
Add: Depreciation and amortization    
Add: Non-cash accounting adjustment to inventory 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

114.2 
16.3 
(2.7) 
19.8 
6.6 
35.0 

189.2 
(16.3) 
71.3 
— 

$ 

$ 

2017 

169.4 
12.6 
(1.3) 
23.8 
(4.2) 
4.8 

205.1 
(12.6) 
66.5 
— 

$ 

$ 

2018 

466.8 
62.7 
(5.3) 
80.7 
14.8 
156.0 

775.7 
(62.7) 
278.0 
4.3 

EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) 

$ 

244.2 

$ 

259.0 

$ 

995.3 

$ 

2017

474.1
52.7
(3.7)
75.2
11.3
127.9

737.5
(52.7)
259.2
15.2

959.2

Free Cash Flow from Operations – A measure indicating the relative amount of cash generated by the Company during the 
year and available to fund dividends, debt repayments and acquisitions. It is calculated as cash flow from operations less 
capital expenditures, net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

41

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table reconciles the measure of free cash flow from operations to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated 
statements of cash flows for the periods ended as indicated.

Free Cash Flow from Operations 

Cash provided by operating activities  
Less: Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Add: Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Free cash flow from operations 

2018 

772.7 
(352.9) 
22.7 

$ 

2017

711.2
(285.7)
12.8

442.5 

$ 

438.3

$ 

$ 

Interest Coverage – A measure indicating the relative amount of operating income earned by the Company compared to the 
amount of net finance cost incurred by the Company. It is calculated as operating income (see definition below), including 
discontinued items, less corporate expense, divided by net finance cost on a twelve-month rolling basis.

The  following  table  reconciles  the  interest  coverage  measure  to  IFRS  measures  reported  in  the  consolidated  income 
statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Interest Coverage

Operating income (a non-IFRS measure; see definition below)  
Less: Corporate expense   

Net finance cost 

Interest coverage 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

775.7 
(62.7) 

713.0 

80.7 

8.8 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017 

737.5
(52.7)

684.8

75.2

9.1

Leverage Ratio (or “net debt to EBITDA”) – A measure that indicates the financial leverage of the Company. It indicates the 
Company’s ability to service its existing debt. 

Net Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company, assuming that all cash on hand is used to repay 
a portion of the outstanding debt. It is defined as current debt including cash advances, plus long-term debt, less cash and 
cash equivalents.

Operating  Income  –  A  measure  indicating  the  profitability  of  the  Company’s  business  units  defined  as  income  before 
corporate expenses, net finance costs, goodwill impairment loss, earnings in equity-accounted investments, restructuring 
and other items, and tax.

See the definition of EBITDA above for a reconciliation of operating income measures to IFRS measures reported in the 
consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Restructuring and Other Items and Tax Adjustments – A measure of significant non-recurring items that are included in net 
earnings. The impact of restructuring and other items and tax adjustments on a per share basis is measured by dividing the 
after-tax income of the restructuring and other items and tax adjustments by the average number of shares outstanding in 
the relevant period. Management will continue to disclose the impact of these items on the Company’s results because the 
timing and extent of such items do not reflect or relate to the Company’s ongoing operating performance. Management 
evaluates the operating income of its Segments before the effect of these items.

Return  on  Equity  before  goodwill  impairment  loss,  restructuring  and  other  items,  non-cash  acquisition  accounting 
adjustments, and tax adjustments (“ROE”) – A measure that provides insight into the effective use of shareholder capital 
in generating ongoing net earnings. ROE is calculated by dividing annual net earnings before goodwill impairment loss, 
restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments by the average of the 
beginning and the end-of-year equity.

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The following table reconciles net earnings used in calculating the ROE measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated 
statements of financial position and in the consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Return on Equity 

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax)   
Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to inventory (net of tax) 
TCJA remeasurement of deferred tax on indefinite-life intangibles 

Adjusted net earnings 

Average equity 

Return on equity 

2018 

466.8 
12.6 
3.1 
— 

482.5 

2,415.5 

20.0% 

Year-to-Date

2017

474.1
11.6
11.0
(25.0)

471.7

1,966.6

24.0%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Return on Total Capital before goodwill impairment loss, non-cash acquisition accounting adjustments, restructuring and 
other items and tax adjustments (“ROTC”) – A measure of the returns the Company is achieving on capital employed. ROTC is 
calculated by dividing annual net income before goodwill impairment loss, restructuring and other items, non-cash acquisition 
accounting adjustments, and tax adjustments by the average of the beginning- and the end-of-year equity and net debt.

The  following  table  reconciles  net  earnings  used  in  calculating  the  ROTC  measure  to  IFRS  measures  reported  in  the 
consolidated statements of financial position and in the consolidated income statements for the periods ended as indicated.

Net earnings 
Restructuring and other items (net of tax)   
Non-cash acquisition accounting adjustment to inventory (net of tax) 
TCJA remeasurement of deferred tax on indefinite-life intangibles 

Adjusted net earnings 

Average total capital 

Return on total capital 

2018 

466.8 
12.6 
3.1 
— 

482.5 

4,253.7 

11.3% 

Year-to-Date

2017

474.1
11.6
11.0
(25.0)

471.7

3,361.6

14.0%

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

43

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on Sales – A measure indicating relative profitability of sales to customers. It is defined as operating income (see 
definition above) divided by sales, expressed as a percentage.

The following table reconciles the return on sales measure to IFRS measures reported in the consolidated statements of 
earnings in the segmented information per note 4 of the Company’s annual financial statements for the periods ended as 
indicated.

Return on Sales 

Sales
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total sales 

Operating income 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total operating income  

Return on sales 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Total return on sales 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Three Months Ended  
December 31 

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 

827.2 
173.1 
189.2 
143.3 

1,332.8 

120.1 
36.0 
25.4 
7.7 

189.2 

14.5% 
20.8% 
13.4% 
5.4% 

14.2% 

2017 

780.0 
171.0 
192.3 
91.2 

1,234.5 

133.4 
40.7 
30.9 
0.1 

205.1 

17.1% 
23.8% 
16.1% 
0.1% 

16.6% 

2018 

2017 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,255.1 
711.9 
712.9 
481.6 

5,161.5 

511.3 
145.5 
101.3 
17.6 

775.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15.7% 
20.4% 
14.2% 
3.7% 

15.0% 

3,019.4
752.9
675.2
308.2

4,755.7

471.0
164.5
87.4
14.6

737.5

15.6%
21.8%
12.9%
4.7%

15.5%

Total Debt – A measure indicating the financial indebtedness of the Company. It is defined as current debt, including bank 
advances, plus long-term debt.

B)  Accounting Policies and New Standards

Accounting Policies

The above analysis and discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based on its consolidated 
financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies is set out in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Issued New Accounting Standards, Not Yet Effective

In January 2016, IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”), was issued by the IASB. This standard introduces a single-lessee accounting 
model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless 
the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the 
underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries 
forward the lessor accounting requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. Other 
areas of the lease accounting model have been impacted, including the definition of a lease. The new standard is effective 
for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Company intends to adopt IFRS 16 in its financial statements for 
the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach. The Company has completed the 
impact analysis of the new standard and upon adoption of IFRS 16, the Company will recognize $167.6 million for right-of-use 
assets, a corresponding $171.7 million of lease liabilities and a reduction in other liabilities of $4.1 million in its statement of 
financial position. 

44

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  June  2017,  IFRIC  Interpretation  23,  Uncertainty  over  Income  Tax  Treatments  (“IFRIC  23”),  was  issued  by  the  IASB.  The 
Interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in 
which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The Interpretation requires an entity to contemplate whether uncertain 
tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better predictions 
of the resolution to determine if it is probable that the tax authorities will accept the uncertain tax treatment, and if it is not 
probable that the uncertain tax treatment will be accepted, measure the tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount 
or expected value, depending on whichever method better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty. The Interpretation is 
effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Company intends to adopt IFRIC 23 in its financial 
statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019. The impact of adoption of the Interpretation is immaterial on 
the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

C)  Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. In particular, estimates are used when determining 
the amounts recorded for depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, outstanding 
self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment benefits, income and other taxes, provisions, certain fair value 
measures including those related to the valuation of business combinations, share-based payments and financial instruments 
and also in the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Life Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in the businesses acquired over the fair value 
of the underlying net identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising on acquisitions. Goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles 
are not amortized but are required to be tested for impairment at least annually or if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

During the fourth quarter, the Company completed its impairment test as at September 30, 2018. Impairment testing for 
the cash-generating units (“CGU”), CCL, Avery, Checkpoint, and Innovia Segments was done by a comparison of the unit’s 
carrying amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting future cash flows from the continuing use of the 
unit. Key assumptions used in the determination of the value in use include growth rates of 2% to 8% and pre-tax discount 
rates ranging from 10% to 17%. Discount rates reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the Segments and are 
based upon the weighted average cost of capital for the Segment. The Company’s historical growth rates are used as a basis 
in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing. Significant management judgment is required in preparing 
the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow method of valuation. In 2018 and 2017, it 
was determined that the carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite-life intangibles was not impaired. Since the process of 
determining fair values requires management judgment regarding projected results and market multiples, a change in these 
assumptions could impact the fair value of the reporting units, resulting in an impairment charge. 

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
an asset may not be recoverable. Performance of this evaluation involves management estimates of the associated business 
plans, economic projections and anticipated cash flows. Specifically, management considers forecasted operating cash 
flows, which are subject to change due to economic conditions, technological changes or changes in operating performance. 
An impairment loss would be recognized if the carrying amount of the asset held for use exceeded the discounted cash flow 
or fair value. Changes in these estimates in the future may result in an impairment charge.

Employee Benefits

The Company accrues its obligation under employee benefit plans and related costs net of plan assets. Pension costs are 
determined periodically by independent actuaries. The actuarial determination of the accrued benefit obligations for the plans 
uses the projected unit credit method and incorporates management’s best estimate of future salary escalation, retirement 
age, inflation and other actuarial factors. The cost is then charged as services are rendered. Since these assumptions, which 
are disclosed in note 19 of the consolidated financial statements, involve forward-looking estimates and are long term in 
nature, they are subject to uncertainty. Actual results may differ, and the differences may be material.

45

2018 Annual ReportD)  Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into a number of agreements with its subsidiaries that govern the management and commercial 
and cost-sharing arrangements with and among the subsidiaries. These inter-company structures are established on terms 
typical of arm’s length agreements. A summary of the Company’s related party transactions is set out in note 26 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

6.   O U T LO O K 

2018 was another solid year for the Company with revenue increasing 8.5%, surpassing the $5.0 billion milestone. Adjusted 
basic earnings per Class B share improved 1.5% to $2.73 compared to $2.69 per Class B share; however 2017 included a 
$0.09 per share benefit from TCJA reform. The best financial indicator of the Company remained its strong cash returns. 
In addition, the Company closed on $365.9 million of acquisitions significantly broadening the Innovia footprint in North 
America, enhancing CCL Design product offering in the U.K. and Israel and finally adding more depth in digital-print products 
for Avery in North America. 

2018 will be recognized for the political rhetoric in North America, endless Brexit uncertainty and a trade war between two of 
the world’s more influential countries, China and the United States. Many 2019 global growth forecasts moderated the outlook 
for developed economies with growth in China and other emerging markets continuing, but at a slower pace. Uncertainties in 
the world add to commodity cost volatility. Continued emphasis will be given to monitoring volatile foreign currency markets 
and passing on inflationary cost pressures throughout CCL. 

The Company, in the coming year, will continue to execute its global growth strategy for its CCL Segment pursuing expansion 
plans in new and existing markets with its core customers where the opportunity meets the Company’s long-term profitability 
objectives.  CCL  Secure  will  continue  to  develop  market-leading  security  technology  to  pursue  long-term  widespread 
adoption of polymer banknotes amongst central bankers. The Company is confident this strategy will continue to generate 
strong cash flows that will support additional investment opportunities and allow CCL to further expand its geographic and 
market segment reach. 

In 2018, Avery grappled with significant deceleration in low margin ring binders and uncertainties in retail and wholesale 
distribution channels with many mergers and acquisitions among key customers. The outlook for 2019 remains cautious as 
the historical back-to-school surge will be softer for legacy Avery products despite emphasis on new product opportunities. 
The  growing  direct-to-consumer  digital-print  offering,  resulting  from  eight  acquisitions  in  five  years,  including  E2N 
that  closed  in  early  2019  and  Avery’s  own  new  e-commerce  platform,  provides  a  product  group  with  higher  organic 
growth rates, cross-selling opportunities and further consolidation aspirations in new territories and products in the core  
digital-print domain. 

The Checkpoint Segment had a successful 2018 delivering a return on sales of 14.2%, in-line with the Company’s legacy 
businesses just over two years post-acquisition. Initiatives for 2019 and beyond will be focused on evolving Checkpoint’s 
product and service offering to a developing omni-channel retail landscape while achieving modest organic growth and 
solid profitability. Further investments will be made in capital equipment to make Checkpoint primary in manufacturing of 
its RFID products and enhance capacity. Lastly, with the successful completion of post-acquisition restructuring initiatives 
complementary and tuck-in business acquisitions are being considered by management.

The 2018 financial results for the Innovia Segment were disappointing as inflationary cost pressures from increased resin 
prices, transportation and other chemical additives impaired profit with limited offset in higher pricing. With the addition 
of  Treofan  mid-2018,  management  believes  the  Segment  has  enough  scale  and  operating  footprint  to  compete  in  the 
BOPP film market. For 2019, strategic focus will be centered on managing customer relationships through periods of cost 
inflation, adjusting pricing agreements and developing new sources of supply to reduce in-market supplier concentration. 
It is management’s belief that longer term, the Innovia Segment will provide robust expertise in polymer sciences delivering 
proprietary materials across the Company.

The Company concluded the year with cash-on-hand of $589.1 million and unused availability on the revolving credit facility 
was US$454.5 million. The Company’s aforementioned liquidity position is robust, leverage is low with a net debt leverage 
ratio of 1.91 times EBITDA at the end of the current year. As always, the Company remains focused on vigilantly managing 
working capital and prioritizing capital to higher-growth organic opportunities or unique acquisitions expected to enhance 
shareholder value. The Company expects capital expenditures for 2019 to be approximately $350.0 million in order to support 
the organic growth and new greenfield opportunities globally. The first quarter consolidated order book looks solid, with 
particular geographies and business lines healthy and others quieted by economic and political concerns. 

46

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (Tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except per share data)2018 Annual ReportKPMG LLP
100 New Park Place
Suite 1400
Vaughan  ON  L4K 0J3
Telephone (905) 265-5900
Fax (416) 777-8818
www.kpmg.ca

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Shareholders of CCL Industries Inc.

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of CCL Industries Inc. (the Entity), which comprise:

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

the consolidated income statements for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended

the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended

 and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant  
accounting policies

(hereinafter referred to as the “financial statements”).

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of the Entity as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and its consolidated financial 
performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the “Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial 
Statements” section of our auditors’ report.  

We are independent of the Entity in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our other responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion.    

KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent 
member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. 
KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP.

47

2018 Annual ReportOther Information

Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises:

• 

• 

 the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian 
Securities Commissions.

 the information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a 
document likely to be entitled “Annual Report”.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and will not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information 
identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit and remain alert for indications that the other 
information appears to be materially misstated.  

We obtained the information included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian 
Securities Commissions as at the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we have performed on this 
other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact in the auditors’ report.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

The information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a document 
likely to be entitled “Annual Report” is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditors’ report. 
If, based on the work we will perform on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact to those charged with governance.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and for such internal control as management determines 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Entity’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity’s financial reporting process.

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our 
opinion. 

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial 
statements.

48

2018 Annual ReportAs part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. 

We also:

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud 
or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that 
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

 The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting 
from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal control.

 Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures 
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Entity’s internal control. 

 Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by management.

 Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to 
the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern.

 Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a 
manner that achieves fair presentation.

 Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope 
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal 
control that we identify during our audit. 

 Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters 
that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

 Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or 
business activities within the group Entity to express an opinion on the financial statements. We are 
responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion.

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditors’ report is Tammy L. Brown.
Vaughan, Canada
February 21, 2019

49

2018 Annual ReportC O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

As at December 31 

Assets
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents 
  Trade and other receivables 
  Inventories 
  Prepaid expenses 
  Income taxes recoverable 
  Derivative instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
  Property, plant and equipment 
  Goodwill 
  Intangible assets 
  Deferred tax assets 
  Equity-accounted investments 
  Other assets 
  Derivative instruments 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
  Trade and other payables 
  Current portion of long-term debt   
  Income taxes payable   
  Derivative instruments 

Total current liabilities  

Non-current liabilities   
  Long-term debt 
  Deferred tax liabilities  
  Employee benefits 
  Provisions and other long-term liabilities  
  Derivative instruments 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity 
  Share capital 
  Contributed surplus 
  Retained earnings 
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company 
  Commitments and contingencies 
  Acquisitions 
  Subsequent events 

  Note 

2018 

2017

$ 

$ 

589.1 
938.0 
524.6 
34.8 
38.7 
— 

557.5
821.3
425.1
33.6
13.1
1.0

2,125.2 

1,851.6

1,797.5 
1,830.3 
1,138.9 
32.5 
59.8 
34.3 
9.1 

4,902.4 

1,514.7
1,580.7
1,082.7
28.8
54.0
31.5
—

4,292.4

$ 

7,027.6 

$ 

6,144.0

$ 

1,223.4 
71.8 
51.2 
0.5 

1,346.9 

2,419.8 
216.6 
320.0 
10.6 
40.6 

3,007.6 

4,354.5 

306.3 
92.7 
2,238.9 
35.2 

2,673.1 

$ 

1,018.4
230.6
50.7
—

1,299.7

2,100.8
183.5
333.6
17.8
50.7

2,686.4

3,986.1

279.4
78.0
1,853.4
(52.9)

2,157.9

6 
7 
8 

23 

10 
 11,12 
 11,12 
14 
9 

23 

13 
17 

23 

17 
14 
19 

23 

15 

28 

25 
5 
30 

Total liabilities and equity 

$ 

7,027.6 

$ 

6,144.0

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

50

Donald G. Lang
Director

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director 

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   I N C O M E   S TAT E M E N T S 

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

Years ended December 31 

Sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   

Finance cost 
Finance income 

Net finance cost 

Earnings before income tax 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings  

Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per Class B share 

Diluted earnings per Class B share 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

  Note 

29 

18 
18 

21 

  2,16 

  2,16 

2018 

5,161.5 
3,662.7 

1,498.8 
785.8 
14.8 
(5.3) 

703.5 

92.9 
(12.2) 

80.7 

622.8 
156.0 

466.8 

2.64 

2.61 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017

4,755.7
3,319.4

1,436.3
751.5
11.3
(3.7)

677.2

87.4
(12.2)

75.2

602.0
127.9

474.1

2.70

2.66

51

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Net earnings  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to income:
  Foreign currency translation adjustment for foreign operations, net of tax expense of  

  $8.7 for the year ended December 31, 2018 (2017 – tax recovery of $6.4)  

  Net gains (losses) on hedges of net investment in foreign operations, net of tax recovery of  

  $14.9 for the year ended December 31, 2018 (2017 – tax expense of $4.0) 

  Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax recovery of  

  $0.2 for the year ended December 31, 2018 (2017 – tax expense of $0.8)  

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to the income statement, net of tax  
  expense of $1.1 for the year ended December 31, 2018 (2017 – tax recovery of $0.3) 
Actuarial gains on defined benefit post-employment plans, net of tax expense of $2.6 for the  
  year ended December 31, 2018 (2017 – tax expense of $1.8)   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

2018 

$ 

466.8 

$ 

206.5 

(112.7) 

(0.6) 

(5.1) 

10.6 

98.7 

$ 

565.5 

$ 

2017

474.1

(84.9)

27.6

3.8

1.5

9.6

(42.4)

431.7

52

2018 Annual Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Class A 
Shares 
(note 15) 

Class B 
Shares 
(note 15) 

Shares 
Held 
in Trust 
(note 15) 

Total 
Share  Contributed 
Surplus 

Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 

Total 
Equity 
Comprehensive  Attributable
to 
(Loss)  Shareholders

Income 

Retained 
Earnings 

Balances, January 1, 2017 

  $ 

4.5  $ 

286.6  $ 

(29.7)  $ 

261.4 

$ 

64.2  $ 

1,450.5 

$ 

(0.9)  $ 

1,775.2

Net earnings 
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
Shares redeemed from trust   
Shares purchased and held in trust 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Other comprehensive loss 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
3.4 
— 
— 
— 
14.6 
— 

— 

— 

— 

474.1 

— 

474.1

— 
— 
— 
— 
0.3 
(0.3)   
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
3.4 
0.3 
(0.3)  
— 
14.6 
— 

— 
— 
— 
7.9 
— 
0.3 
8.1 
(2.5) 
— 

(5.3) 
(75.5) 
9.6 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(52.0)   

(5.3)
(75.5)
9.6
11.3
0.3
—
8.1
12.1
(52.0)

Balances, December 31, 2017 

  $ 

4.5  $ 

304.6  $ 

(29.7)  $ 

279.4 

$ 

78.0  $ 

1,853.4 

$ 

(52.9)  $ 

2,157.9

Net earnings  
Dividends declared 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Defined benefit plan actuarial gains, net of tax 
Stock-based compensation plan 
Shares purchased and held in trust 
Stock option expense 
Stock options exercised 
Income tax effect related to stock options 
Other comprehensive income 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
4.2 
— 
— 
23.0 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

466.8 

— 

466.8

— 
— 
— 
— 
(0.3)   
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
4.2 
(0.3) 
— 
23.0 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
8.9 
0.3 
9.6 
(3.9) 
(0.2) 
— 

(6.0) 
(85.9) 
10.6 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
88.1 

(6.0)
(85.9)
10.6
13.1
—
9.6
19.1
(0.2)
88.1

Balances, December 31, 2018 

   $  

4.5  $ 

331.8  $ 

(30.0)  $ 

306.3 

$ 

92.7  $  2,238.9 

$ 

35.2  $  2,673.1

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

2018 Annual Report 53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O N S O L I D AT E D   S TAT E M E N T S   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

(In millions of Canadian dollars)

Years ended December 31 

Cash provided by (used for) 

Operating activities 
Net earnings 
Adjustments for: 
  Depreciation and amortization 
  Earnings in equity-accounted investments, net of dividends received 
  Net finance costs 
  Current income tax expense 
  Deferred tax expense (recovery) 
  Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 
  Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

  Change in inventories  
  Change in trade and other receivables 
  Change in prepaid expenses 
  Change in trade and other payables  
  Change in income taxes receivable and payable 
  Change in employee benefits 
  Change in other assets and liabilities 

Net interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

Cash provided by operating activities 

Financing activities 
  Proceeds on issuance of long-term debt 
  Repayment of long-term debt 
  Proceeds from issuance of shares 
  Dividends paid 

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities 

Investing activities 
  Additions to property, plant and equipment 
  Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
  Business acquisitions and other long-term investments  (note 5) 

Cash used for investing activities 

  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
  Translation adjustments on cash and cash equivalents   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   

See accompanying explanatory notes to the consolidated financial statements.

54

2018 Annual Report

2018 

2017

$ 

466.8 

$ 

474.1

278.0 
(1.5) 
80.7 
139.4 
16.6 
22.9 
(3.6) 

999.3 
(62.1) 
(58.5) 
(1.1) 
149.4 
(8.6) 
(13.6) 
1.4 

1,006.2 
(76.8) 
(156.7) 

772.7 

888.5 
(882.7) 
19.1 
(92.2) 

(67.3) 

(352.9) 
22.7 
(365.9) 

(696.1) 

9.3 
557.5 
22.3 

589.1 

259.2
(1.2)
75.2
155.2
(27.3)
19.7
(0.9)

954.0
8.1
(36.1)
(7.5)
3.6
8.4
10.7
(8.1)

933.1
(67.3)
(154.6)

711.2

1,186.6
(384.5)
12.1
(81.2)

733.0

(285.7)
12.8
(1,191.4)

(1,464.3)

(20.1)
585.1
(7.5)

557.5

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   S TAT E M E N T S

Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)

1 .    R E P O R T I N G   E N T I T Y

CCL Industries Inc. (the “Company”) is a public company, listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, and is incorporated and 
domiciled in Canada. These consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017, comprise the results of the Company, its subsidiaries and its interest in joint ventures and associates. The 
Company has manufacturing facilities around the world and is primarily involved in the manufacture of labels, consumer 
printable media products, technology-driven label solutions, polymer banknote substrates and specialty films. 

2 .    B A S I S   O F   P R E PA R AT I O N

(a)   Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRS”) and its interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). 

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Company’s Board of Directors on February 21, 2019.

(b)  Basis of measurement 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following items in 
the statements of financial position:

•  derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; 

•  financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value; and 

•   assets related to the defined benefit plans are measured at fair value and liabilities related to the defined benefit plans are 

calculated by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

(c)  Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Company’s functional currency. 
All financial information, except per share information, is presented in millions of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.

(d)  Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the year and the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. 
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of recognized transactions and balances.

In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management makes various judgments, apart from those 
involving estimations, that can significantly affect the amounts it recognizes in the financial statements. 

Judgments, estimates and assumptions are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors 
including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

The Company has applied judgment in its assessment of the classification of financial instruments, the recognition and 
derecognition of tax losses and provisions, the determination of cash-generating units (“CGUs”), the identification of the 
indicators of impairment for property and equipment and intangible assets, the level of componentization of property and 
equipment and the allocation of purchase price adjustments on business combinations. 

Estimates  are  used  when  determining  the  amounts  recorded  for  depreciation  and  amortization  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment and intangible assets, outstanding self-insurance claims, pension and other post-employment benefits, income 
and other taxes, provisions, certain fair value measures including those related to the valuation of business combinations, 
share-based payments and financial instruments and also in the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets.

(e)  Stock split

On June 5, 2017, the Company effected a 5:1 stock split on its shares of common stock (Class A and Class B). Unless otherwise 
noted, impacted amounts and share information included in the financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively 
adjusted for the stock split as if such stock split occurred on the first day of the first period presented. Certain amounts in 
the notes to the financial statements may be slightly different than previously reported due to rounding of fractional shares 
as a result of the stock split.

2018 Annual Report 55

3 .    S I G N I F I C A N T   AC C O U N T I N G   P O L I C I E S

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all comparative information presented in these 
consolidated financial statements. 

(a)  Basis of consolidation

(i)  Business combinations

The  Company  measures  goodwill  as  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  including  the  recognized  amount  of 
any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, less the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase 
gain is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Company elects to measure, on a transaction-by-transaction basis, non-
controlling interest either at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net assets 
at the acquisition date. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the 
Company incurs in connection with a business combination are expensed as incurred. 

(ii)  Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 
The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed, when necessary, 
to align them with the policies adopted by the Company.

(iii)  Associates and joint arrangements

The Company’s interests in equity accounted investees comprise interests in associates and joint ventures.

Associates are those entities in which the Company has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial 
and operating policies. Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Company holds between 20% and 50% of the 
voting power of another entity. 

The Company classifies its interest in joint arrangements as either joint operations (if the Company has rights to the assets 
and has obligations for the liabilities relating to an arrangement) or joint ventures (if the Company has the rights only to the 
net assets of an arrangement). When making this assessment, the Company considers the structure of the arrangements, the 
legal form of any separate vehicles, the contractual terms of the arrangements and other facts and circumstances.

Investments  in  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  and  are  recognized  initially  at 
cost. The Company’s investments include goodwill identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. 
The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s share of the income and expenses and equity movements of 
equity accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the Company, from the date 
that significant influence commences until the date that it ceases. When the Company’s share of losses exceeds its interest 
in an equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to nil 
and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Company has an obligation or has made 
payments on behalf of the investee.

(iv)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Inter-company balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from inter-company transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-
accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Company’s interest in the investee. Unrealized 
losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

56

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report(b)  Foreign currency

(i)  Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company’s entities using 
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the 
reporting date are translated to the functional currency using the exchange rate at that date. The foreign currency gain or 
loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, 
adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in the foreign currency translated 
at the exchange rate at the end of the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that 
are  measured  at  fair  value  are  translated  to  the  functional  currency  at  the  exchange  rate  at  the  date  that  the  fair  value 
was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on translation are recognized in the income statement, except for 
differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation, 
or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognized directly in other comprehensive income (see note 3(b)(iii)). Foreign 
currency-denominated non-monetary items, measured at historical cost, have been translated at the rate of exchange at the 
transaction date.

(ii)  Foreign operations

The financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates. 

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are 
translated into Canadian dollars using exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations 
are translated into Canadian dollars using the average exchange rates for the period.

Foreign  currency  differences  are  recognized  directly  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  presented  within  the  foreign 
currency translation adjustment.

When a foreign operation is disposed of, the amount in other comprehensive income related to the foreign operation is fully 
transferred to the income statement. A disposal occurs when the entire interest in the foreign operation is disposed of, or, in 
the case of a partial disposal, the partial disposal results in the loss of control of a subsidiary or the loss of significant influence. 
For any partial disposal of the Company’s interest in a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the Company re-attributes 
the proportionate share of the relevant amounts in other comprehensive income to non-controlling interests. For any other 
partial disposal of a foreign operation, the Company reclassifies to the income statement only the proportionate share of the 
relevant amount in other comprehensive income.

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from, or payable to, a foreign operation, the 
settlement of which is neither planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment in 
a foreign operation and are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and presented within the foreign currency 
translation adjustment.

(iii)  Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation

The Company applies hedge accounting to the foreign currency exposure arising between the functional currency of the 
foreign operation and the parent entity’s functional currency, regardless of whether the net investment is held directly or 
through an intermediate parent.

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in a 
foreign operation are recognized directly in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the 
extent that the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognized in the income statement. When the hedged part of a net 
investment is disposed of or partially disposed of, the associated cumulative amount in equity is transferred to the income 
statement as an adjustment to the income statement on disposal in accordance with the policy described in note 3(b)(ii).

(c)  Financial instruments 

(i)  Financial assets and liabilities

The Company recognizes financial assets and financial liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently measures these at 
either fair value or amortized cost based on the following classifications:

57

2018 Annual ReportAmortized cost

The Company classifies financial assets held to collect contractual cash flows at amortized cost, including cash and cash 
equivalents and trade and other receivables. The Company initially recognizes the carrying amount of such assets on the 
consolidated balance sheet at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs, and subsequently measures these at 
amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses.

Fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)

Financial assets and financial liabilities purchased or incurred, respectively, with the intention of generating earnings in the 
near term are classified as FVTPL. This category includes derivative assets and derivative liabilities that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting, if any. For items classified as FVTPL, the Company initially recognizes such financial assets on the consolidated 
balance sheet at fair value and recognizes subsequent changes in the consolidated income statements. Transaction costs 
incurred are expensed in the consolidated income statements. The Company does not currently hold any liabilities designated 
as FVTPL. 

Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”)

This category includes the Company’s investments in securities. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at 
fair value on the consolidated balance sheet and changes therein are recognized in other comprehensive income. When 
an  investment  is  derecognized,  the  accumulated  gain  or  loss  in  other  comprehensive  income  is  not  transferred  to  the 
consolidated income statement.

Other financial liabilities

This category is for financial liabilities that are not classified as FVTPL and includes trade and other payables and long-term 
debt. These financial liabilities are recorded at amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only 
when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset 
and settle the liability simultaneously.

(ii)  Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest-rate-risk exposure and price-
risk exposure related to the purchase of raw materials. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and 
accounted for separately. If the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are 
not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a 
derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through the income statement. Changes in the fair 
value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in the income statement.

On initial designation of the hedge, the Company formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) 
and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together 
with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company makes periodic 
assessments of prospective hedge effectiveness. 

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is based on their listed market price, if available. If a listed market price is not 
available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current 
forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on broker quotes. Those quotes are tested for reasonableness by discounting 
estimated future cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract and using market interest rates for a similar 
instrument at the measurement date.

Fair values reflect the credit risk of the instrument and include adjustments to take account of the credit risk of the group 
entity and counterparty when appropriate.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular 
risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the 
effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented 
in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit 
or loss in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the statement of 
comprehensive income as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized 
immediately in the income statement.

58

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual ReportIf the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires, or is sold, terminated, exercised, or 
the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in unrealized gains or losses on cash flow hedges in equity remains 
there until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount recognized 
in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. If the forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in 
profit or loss. In other cases, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the income statement 
in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are hedges of the fair value of recognized assets, liabilities or unrecognized firm commitments. Changes 
in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement together with 
any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk.

(d)  Property, plant and equipment

(i)  Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 
losses.

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets 
includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working 
condition for their intended use, and the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they 
are located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalized as part of that 
equipment. 

The fair value of property, plant and equipment recognized as a result of a business combination is based on the amount for 
which a property could be exchanged on the date of valuation between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length 
transaction.

Borrowing costs related to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the cost 
of the assets. 

When parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items 
(major components) of property, plant and equipment.

Gains  and  losses  on  disposal  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  determined  by  comparing  the  proceeds 
from disposal with the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and are recognized within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the income statement.

The cost of replacing a part of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item if it is 
probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the part will flow to the Company and its cost can be measured 
reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant 
and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(ii)  Depreciation 

Depreciation is calculated based on the cost of the asset, or other amount substituted for cost, less its residual value. 

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of 
property, plant and equipment, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic 
benefits embodied in the asset. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless 
it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.

The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows: 

•  Buildings  
•  Machinery and equipment  
•  Fixtures and fittings  
•  Minor components  

  Up to 40 years  
  Up to 20 years  
  Up to 10 years  
   Up to 5 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate. 

59

2018 Annual Report(e)  Intangible assets

(i)  Goodwill

Goodwill  arises  on  the  acquisition  of  subsidiaries  and  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  or 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. For measurement of goodwill at initial recognition, 
see note 3(a)(i).

Subsequent measurement

Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. In respect of equity-accounted investments, the carrying 
amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment.

(ii)  Other intangible assets

Intangible  assets  consist  of  patents,  trademarks,  brands,  software  and  the  value  of  acquired  customer  relationships. 
Impairment losses for intangible assets where the carrying value is not recoverable are measured based on fair value. Fair 
value is calculated by using discounted cash flows. 

The fair values of customer relationships acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess 
earnings method, whereby the subject asset is valued after deducting a fair return on all other assets that are part of creating 
the related cash flows. 

The fair values of brands acquired in a business combination are determined using the multi-period excess earnings method 
or the relief of royalty method, whereby the value of the brand is equal to the royalty savings from having ownership as 
opposed to licensing the brand. 

Amortization is recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, 
other than indefinite-life intangible assets, such as brands and goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The 
estimated useful lives for the current and comparative years are as follows: 

•  Patents, trademarks and other 
•  Customer relationships   

Up to 15 years 
Up to 20 years

(f)  Leases

Leases for which the Company assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. 
Upon initial recognition, the leased asset is measured at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of 
the minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted for in accordance with the accounting 
policy applicable to that asset.

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance cost and the reduction of the 
outstanding liability. The finance cost is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Assets under operating leases are not recognized in the Company’s statement of financial position.

Payments made under operating leases are recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the 
lease. Lease incentives received are recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

(g)  Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the first-in, first-
out principle and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other 
costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in 
progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal operating capacity. 

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion 
and selling.

The fair value of inventories acquired in a business combination is determined based on the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and sale, and a reasonable profit margin based on the 
effort required to complete and sell the inventories.

Estimates regarding obsolete and slow-moving inventory are also computed.

60

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
(h)  Impairment

(i)  Financial assets, including receivables

A financial asset not carried at FVTPL is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence 
that it is impaired. A financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have 
occurred after the initial recognition of the asset that have a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset 
that can be estimated reliably.

The Company considers evidence of impairment for financial assets measured at amortized cost at both a specific asset and a 
collective level. All individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost are assessed for specific impairment. All 
individually significant financial assets measured at amortized cost found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively 
assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. 

In assessing collective impairment, the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and 
the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current and expected future economic and 
credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than those suggested by historical trends. 

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its 
carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate 
and reflected in an allowance account against accounts receivable. Losses are recognized in the income statement. When a 
subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through 
profit or loss.

(ii)  Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting 
date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the impairment would be 
recognized in the income statement.

Impairments are recorded when the recoverable amount of assets is less than their carrying amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of an asset’s or a cash-generating unit’s fair value less cost to sell and its value in use. In assessing value in 
use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment testing, 
assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows 
from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets. For the purposes 
of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the CGU, or the group of CGUs, 
that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is subject to an operating segment ceiling 
test and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. An impairment loss is 
recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are 
recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses, other than those relating to goodwill, are evaluated for potential reversals 
when events or changes in circumstances warrant such consideration. 

The carrying values of finite-life intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Additionally, the carrying values of goodwill and indefinite-life 
intangibles are tested annually for impairment. 

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior 
years are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the losses have decreased or no longer exist. An impairment 
loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss 
is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

Goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an equity-accounted investment is not recognized separately and therefore 
is not tested for impairment separately. Instead, the entire amount of the equity-accounted investment is tested for impairment 
as a single asset when there is objective evidence that the equity-accounted investment may be impaired.

(i)  Employee benefits

(i)  Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate 
entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined 
contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in the income statement in the period that the 
service is rendered by the employee.

61

2018 Annual Report(ii)  Defined benefit plans

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan. The Company’s net obligation 
in respect of defined benefit post-employment plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future 
benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to 
determine its present value using a discount rate comparable to high-quality corporate bonds. Any unrecognized past service 
costs and the fair value of any plan assets are deducted. The calculation is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the 
projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Company, the recognized asset is limited to the 
total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future 
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. An economic benefit is available to the Company if it 
is realizable during the life of the plan, or on settlement of the plan liabilities.

When the benefits of a plan are improved, the portion of the increased benefit relating to past service by employees is 
recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested. To the 
extent that the benefits vest immediately, the expense is recognized immediately in the income statement.

The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans directly in other comprehensive 
income immediately and reports them in retained earnings.

The Company determines the net interest expense on the net defined benefit liability for the period by applying the discount 
rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit 
liability, taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability during the period as a result of the contributions 
and benefit balances. Net interest expense and other expenses related to the defined benefit plans are recognized in profit 
or loss. Previously, interest income on plan assets was based on their long-term expected return. 

(iii)  Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Company is demonstrably committed, without realistic possibility 
of  withdrawal,  to  a  formal  detailed  plan  to  either  terminate  employment  before  the  normal  retirement  date  or  provide 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary 
redundancies are recognized as an expense if the Company has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is probable that 
the  offer  will  be  accepted  and  the  number  of  acceptances  can  be  estimated  reliably.  If  benefits  are  payable  more  than  
12 months after the reporting period, then they are discounted to their present value. 

(iv)  Short-term benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are recognized as the related service 
is provided.

(v)  Share-based payment transactions

For equity-settled share-based plans, the grant date fair value of options granted to employees is recognized as an employee 
expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
options. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options for which the related 
service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met. The fair value of employee stock options is measured 
using the Black-Scholes model. Measurement inputs include the share price on the measurement date, the exercise price of 
the instrument, the expected volatility, the weighted average expected life of the instrument, the expected dividends, and 
the risk-free interest rate. Service and non-market performance conditions attached to the transactions are not taken into 
account in determining fair value.

For equity-settled share-based deferred share unit (“DSU”) plans, the grant date fair value of deferred share units is recognized 
as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The grant date fair value is not subsequently remeasured. 
The value of DSUs received in lieu of dividends is also recognized as a personnel expense in the income statement.  

For cash-settled share-based DSU plans, the fair value of the amount payable for deferred share units is recognized as an 
expense with a corresponding increase in liabilities when they are issued. The fair value of a DSU is measured using the 
average of the high and low trading prices of the Class B shares for the five trading days immediately preceding the date 
of issue and is remeasured, using a similar five-day average, at the financial statement date and at the settlement date. Any 
changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as a personnel expense in the income statement. The value of DSUs 
received in lieu of dividends is also recognized as a personnel cost in the income statement. 

62

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report(j)  Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be 
estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions 
are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as a finance cost. 

(k)  Revenue

Revenue  is  measured  based  on  the  consideration  specified  in  a  contract  with  a  customer.  Revenue  is  recognized  as 
performance obligations are satisfied and it transfers control over a product to a customer. For performance obligations 
satisfied at a point in time, revenue is recognized when the Company has a present right to payment, the buyer has legal title 
to the asset, physical possession of the asset has transferred to the buyer, the buyer has the significant risks and rewards 
of ownership and the buyer has accepted the asset. Generally, the buyer obtains control at the time goods are shipped, the 
product is delivered or services are rendered. For performance obligations satisfied over time, revenue is recognized by 
measuring the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. For customer contracts that contain 
multiple performance obligations, each element is treated separately for revenue recognition purposes. For these contracts, 
the total transaction price is allocated to each obligation based on its relative stand-alone selling price. Revenue is then 
recognized for each obligation when the relevant recognition criteria are met.

Certain contracts with customers contain incentives, including the payment of discounts based on quantities purchased. 
These incentives represent variable consideration and are estimated and recognized as a deduction of related revenues. 

(l)  Finance income and costs

Finance income comprises interest income on invested funds, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss, and gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in the income statement. Interest income is recognized 
as it accrues in the income statement, using the effective interest method. 

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value of 
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging 
instruments that are recognized in the income statement. All borrowing costs are recognized in the income statement using 
the effective interest method, except for those amounts capitalized as part of the cost of qualifying property, plant and 
equipment.

(m)  Taxation 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in the income statement except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognized either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In such cases, the 
tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

(i)  Current tax

Current tax expense is based on the results for the period as adjusted for items that are not taxable or not deductible. Current 
tax is calculated using tax rates and laws that were enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and 
includes any adjustments to taxes payable in respect of previous years. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in 
tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. Provisions are established 
where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

(ii)   Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the statement of financial position. Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates and laws 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period and which are expected to apply when 
the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled.

(iii)  Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized 
for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the reversal of the 
temporary difference can be controlled by the Company and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

63

2018 Annual Report(iv)  Deferred tax assets

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that 
it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed 
at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. 

Deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill or in respect of 
temporary differences that arise on initial recognition of assets and liabilities acquired other than in a business combination 
and that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

(n)  Share capital

All shares are recorded as equity. When share capital is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, which includes 
directly attributable costs, net of any tax effect, is recognized as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as 
treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity. When repurchased shares are sold or reissued subsequently, 
the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is transferred 
to retained earnings.

(o)  Earnings per share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its Class B shares. Basic EPS is calculated by 
dividing the profit or loss attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of shares outstanding 
during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to shareholders and the weighted 
average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares, which primarily comprise share options 
granted to employees.

(p)  Segment reporting

A segment is a distinguishable component of the Company that is engaged either in providing related products (business 
segment) or in providing products within a particular economic environment (geographical segment) and that is subject 
to risks and returns that are different from those of other segments. Segment information is presented in respect of the 
Company’s business and geographical segments. The Company’s primary format for segment reporting is based on business 
segments. The business segments are determined based on the Company’s management and internal reporting structure.

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly other investments and related revenue, loans and borrowings 
and related expenses, corporate assets (primarily the Company’s headquarters) and head office expenses. Segment capital 
expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, other 
than goodwill.

(q)  New standards effective in 2018

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9”)

In July 2014, the complete IFRS 9 was issued by the IASB. IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for the classification and 
measurement of financial assets. Under IFRS 9, financial assets are classified and measured based on the business model 
in which they are held and the characteristics of their contractual cash flows. The standard introduces changes relating to 
financial liabilities and amends the impairment model by introducing a new “expected credit loss” model for calculating 
financial asset impairment. IFRS 9 also includes a new general hedge accounting standard that aligns hedge accounting 
more closely with risk management. This new standard does not fundamentally change the types of hedging relationships 
or the requirement to measure and recognize ineffectiveness but introduces more judgment to assess the effectiveness of a 
hedging relationship. This standard became effective for the Company on January 1, 2018 and did not have a material impact 
on its financial statements. 

i.  Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

IFRS  9  largely  retains  the  existing  requirements  in  IAS  39  for  the  classification  and  measurement  of  financial  liabilities. 
However, it eliminates the previous IAS 39 categories for financial assets of held to maturity, loans and receivables and 
available for sale.

IFRS 9 contains four primary measurement categories for financial assets: measured at amortized cost, fair value through 
other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”) – debt investment, FVTOCI – equity investment, and fair value through profit and 
loss (“FVTPL”).

64

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual ReportA financial asset is measured at amortized cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as FVTPL: 

•  it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and 

•   its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the 

principal amount outstanding.

A debt investment is measured at FVTOCI if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as FVTPL: 

•   it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial 

assets; and 

•   its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the 

principal amount outstanding. 

On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Company may irrevocably elect to present 
subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis. 

A financial asset (unless it is a trade receivable without a significant financing component that is initially measured at the 
transaction price) is initially measured at fair value plus, for an item not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable 
to its acquisition. 

The following accounting policies apply to the subsequent measurement of financial assets. 

Financial assets at FVTPL  

Financial assets at amortized cost  

Debt investments at FVTOCI  

Equity investments at FVTOCI  

 These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including 
any interest or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss. See (iii) below for 
derivatives designated as hedging instruments.

 These assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest 
method. The amortized cost is reduced by impairment losses (see (ii) below). Interest 
income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit 
or loss. Any gains or losses on derecognition are recognized in profit or loss. 

 These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest income calculated using 
the effective interest method, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are 
recognized in profit or loss. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI. On 
derecognition, gains and losses accumulated in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss. 

 These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognized as 
income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of 
the cost of the investment. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI and are 
never reclassified to profit or loss.

Below is a summary showing the classification and measurement bases of the Company’s financial assets as at January 1, 
2018, as a result of adopting IFRS 9 (along with a comparison to IAS 39).

Financial Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other assets 

IAS 39 
Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables 
Available-for-sale 

IFRS 9 
Amortized cost 
Amortized cost 
FVTOCI 

ii. 

Impairment of financial assets

IFRS 9 replaces the ‘incurred loss’ model in IAS 39 with an ‘expected credit loss’ (“ECL”) model. The new impairment model 
applies to financial assets measured at amortized cost, contract assets and debt investments at FVTOCI, but not to investments 
in equity instruments. Under IFRS 9, credit losses are recognized earlier than under IAS 39. 

Under IFRS 9, loss allowances are measured on either of the following bases: 

•   12-month ECLs: these are ECLs that result from possible default events within the 12 months after the reporting date; and 

•  lifetime ECLs: these are ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. 

The Company has elected to measure loss allowances for trade receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.

There  was  no  material  effect  on  the  carrying  value  of  the  Company’s  financial  assets  under  IFRS  9  related  to  this  new 
requirement. 

65

2018 Annual Reportiii.  Hedge accounting

The Company has elected to adopt the new general hedge accounting model in IFRS 9. This requires the Company to ensure 
that  hedge  accounting  relationships  are  aligned  with  its  risk  management  objectives  and  strategy  and  to  apply  a  more 
qualitative and forward-looking approach to assessing hedge effectiveness.  

Changes to hedge accounting policies have been applied prospectively. All hedging relationships designated under IAS 39 
at December 31, 2017, met the criteria for hedge accounting under IFRS 9 at January 1, 2018, and are therefore regarded as 
continuing hedging relationships. 

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”)

In May 2014, IFRS 15 was issued and provides guidance on the timing and amount of revenue that should be recognized and 
also requires more informative and relevant disclosures. The standard provides a single, principles-based five-step model to 
be applied to all contracts with customers. This standard became effective for the Company on January 1, 2018, and did not 
have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. See note 3 (k). 

IFRS 2 Share-based Payment (“IFRS 2”)

In June 2016, the amendments to IFRS 2 were issued by the IASB. The amendments provide requirements on the accounting 
for the effects of vesting and non-vesting conditions on the measurement of cash-settled share-based payments, share-
based payment transactions with a net settlement feature for withholding tax obligation, and a modification to the terms 
and conditions of a share-based payment that changes the classification of the transaction from cash-settled to equity-
settled. These amendments became effective for the Company on January 1, 2018, and did not have a material impact on the 
consolidated financial statements.

(r)  New standards and interpretations not yet effective

IFRS 16 Leases (“IFRS 16”)

 In January 2016, IFRS 16 was issued by the IASB. This standard introduces a single-lessee accounting model and requires a 
lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of 
low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease 
liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries forward the lessor accounting 
requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. Other areas of the lease accounting 
model have been impacted, including the definition of a lease. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on 
or after January 1, 2019. 

The Company intends to adopt IFRS 16 in its financial statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019, using 
the modified retrospective approach and the practical expedients related to, i. grandfather previous assessments of which 
existing contracts are, or contain, leases, ii. short-term leases, and, iii. leases of low-value items. The Company has completed 
an impact analysis of the new standard and upon adoption of IFRS 16, the Company will recognize $167.6 million for right-of-
use assets, a corresponding $171.7 million of lease liabilities and a reduction in other liabilities of $4.1 million in its statement 
of financial position.  

Impacts on financial statements

Operating lease commitment at December 31, 2018 as disclosed in the Company’s  
  consolidated financial statement 

Discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at January 1, 2019 
Financial lease liabilities recognized as at December 31, 2018 
Recognition exception for
  Short-term leases 
  Leases of low-value assets 

Lease Liabilities recognized at January 1, 2019 

 January 1, 2019

$ 

$ 

204.8 

171.7 
6.0

(2.6)
(0.8)

$ 

174.3

66

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
IFRIC Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (“IFRIC 23”)

In June 2017, IFRIC 23 was issued by the IASB. The interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred 
tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The interpretation requires 
an entity to contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based 
on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution, to determine if it is probable that the tax authorities will 
accept the uncertain tax treatment and, if it is not probable that the uncertain tax treatment will be accepted, measure  
the tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount or expected value, depending on whichever method better predicts 
the resolution of the uncertainty. The interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019.  
The Company intends to adopt the IFRIC 23 in its financial statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2019. The 
impact of adoption of the interpretation is immaterial on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

4 .   S E G M E N T   R E P O R T I N G

Business segments

The  Company  has  four  reportable  segments,  as  described  below,  which  are  the  Company’s  main  business  units.  The 
business units offer different products and services, and are managed separately as they require different technology and 
marketing strategies. For each of the business units, the Company’s CEO, the chief operating decision maker, reviews internal 
management reports regularly. 

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company changed its reportable segments to incorporate all the entities previously reported 
within the Container Segment into the CCL Segment, to more closely represent the current management structure and 
reporting. Comparative segment information has been restated to conform with the current year presentation.

The Company’s reportable segments are: 

•   CCL is a converter of pressure sensitive and specialty extruded film materials for a wide range of decorative, instructional, 
functional and security applications for government institutions and large global customers in the consumer packaging, 
healthcare & chemicals, consumer electronic device and automotive markets. Extruded & laminated plastic tubes, aluminum 
aerosols & specialty bottles, folded instructional leaflets, precision decorated & die cut components, electronic displays, 
polymer  banknote  substrate  and  other  complementary  products  and  services  are  sold  in  parallel  to  specific  end-use 
markets.

•   Avery  is  a  supplier  of  labels,  specialty  converted  media  and  software  solutions  to  enable  short-run  digital  printing  in 
businesses and homes alongside complementary office products sold through distributors and mass market retailers. 
The products are split into three primary lines: (1) Printable Media, including address labels, shipping labels, marketing 
and  product  identification  labels,  business  cards,  and  name  badges  supported  by  customized  software  solutions;   
(2)  Organizational  Products  Group,  including  binders,  sheet  protectors,  indexes  &  dividers  and  writing  instruments;   
(3)  Direct-to-Consumer  digitally  imaged  media  including  labels,  business  cards,  name  badges,  and  family-oriented 
identification labels supported by unique web-enabled e-commerce URLs.

•   Checkpoint  is  a  manufacturer  of  technology-driven  loss-prevention,  inventory-management  and  labeling  solutions, 
including radio frequency and radio frequency identification (“RFID”) solutions, to the retail and apparel industry. The 
Segment has three primary product lines: Merchandise Availability Solutions (“MAS”), Apparel Labeling Solutions (“ALS”) 
and “Meto”. The MAS line focuses on electronic-article-surveillance (“EAS”) systems; hardware, software, labels and tags 
for loss prevention and inventory control systems including RFID solutions. ALS products are apparel labels and tags, some 
of which are RFID capable. Meto supplies hand-held pricing tools and labels and promotional in-store displays.

•   Innovia supplies specialty, high-performance, multi-layer, surface engineered biaxially oriented polypropylene (“BOPP”) 
films from facilities in Australia, Belgium, Mexico and the United Kingdom to customers in the pressure sensitive label 
materials, flexible packaging and consumer packaged goods industries worldwide. Additionally a small percentage of  
the total volume is sold internally to CCL Secure while the smaller legacy facilities produce almost their entire output for 
CCL Label. 

67

2018 Annual ReportCCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 

Corporate expenses 
Restructuring and other items 
Earnings in equity-accounted investments   
Finance cost 
Finance income 
Income tax expense 

Net earnings 

$ 

2018 

3,255.1 
711.9 
712.9 
481.6 

$ 

Sales 

2017 

3,019.4 
752.9 
675.2 
308.2 

$ 

$ 

5,161.5 

$ 

4,755.7 

$ 

Operating Income

$ 

$ 

2018 

 511.3 
145.5 
101.3 
17.6 

 775.7 

(62.7) 
(14.8) 
5.3 
(92.9) 
12.2 
 (156.0) 

2017

471.0
164.5
87.4
14.6

737.5

(52.7)
(11.3)
3.7
(87.4)
12.2
(127.9)

$ 

466.8 

$ 

474.1

Total Assets 

Total Liabilities

Depreciation 
and Amortization 

Capital Expenditures

2018 

2017 

  2018 

2017 

2018  

2017 

2018 

2017

CCL 
Avery 
Checkpoint 
Innovia 
Equity-accounted investments  
Corporate 

$  3,645.8 
  637.4 
  978.0 
  1,140.7 
59.8 
565.9 

$  3,313.0 
593.4 
941.0 
751.5 
54.0 
491.1 

$  947.5  $ 
237.3 
451.2 
225.2 
— 
  2,493.3 

821.6 
197.1 
417.4 
160.5 
— 
  2,389.5 

$  194.9 
17.6 
27.9 
36.6 
— 
1.0 

$  185.8 
16.1 
29.0 
27.4 
— 
0.9 

$  280.0 
11.6 
37.9 
22.7 
— 
0.7 

$  237.3
13.8
23.3
10.9
—
0.4

Total 

$  7,027.6 

$  6,144.0 

$  4,354.5  $  3,986.1 

$  278.0 

$  259.2 

$  352.9 

$  285.7

Geographical segments

The CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia Segments are managed on a worldwide basis but operate in the following geographical 
areas:

•  Canada; 
•  United States and Puerto Rico; 
•  Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina; 
•  Europe; and 
•  Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand.

Canada 
United States and Puerto Rico 
Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Argentina 
Europe 
Asia, Australia, Africa and New Zealand 

$ 

$ 

2018 

152.6 
1,995.5 
398.2 
1,682.3 
932.9 

Sales 

2017 

159.6 
1,876.7 
293.5 
1,597.9 
828.0 

$ 

2018 

78.8 
1,162.6 
586.0 
1,643.0 
1,296.3 

Property, Plant and  
Equipment, Goodwill  
and Intangibles

$ 

2017

40.8
997.3
308.0
1,590.1
1,241.9

Consolidated 

$ 

5,161.5 

$ 

4,755.7 

$ 

4,766.7 

$ 

4,178.1

The geographical segment is determined based on the location from which the sale is made.

68

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   AC Q U I S I T I O N S 

(a)  Acquisition of Treofan America Inc. and Trespaphan Mexico Holdings GmbH

In July 2018, the Company acquired Treofan America Inc. and Trespaphan Mexico Holdings GmbH (“Treofan”) from their 
ultimate parent, M&C S.p.A., an Italian public company listed on the Milan stock exchange. Treofan, based in Zacapu, Mexico, 
is a leading producer of BOPP film for the North American market. The purchase price, net of cash acquired, is approximately 
$307.6 million inclusive of $43.6 million of capital additions incurred between announcement date and closing date for the 
construction of its new film line. Treofan immediately commenced trading as Innovia Films. 

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other long-term assets   
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

307.6

37.0 
34.5 
16.9 
90.4 
3.8 
140.1 
47.7 
(48.9)
(13.9)

307.6

Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Factors 
that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies and employee knowledge of operations. The 
total amount of goodwill and intangibles for Treofan is $187.8 million and is not deductible for tax purposes.

(b)  Other acquisitions

In January 2018, the Company acquired Fascia Graphics Ltd. (“Fascia”), a privately owned company in the United Kingdom 
for approximately $9.3 million, net of cash acquired. Fascia is a manufacturer of graphic overlays, membrane-switch control 
panels and nameplates for large European OEM customers in the electronics and durables sector and brings expertise in 
printed electronics to the Company’s product lines. Fascia was added to the CCL Segment.

In February and May 2018, the Company and its joint-venture partner each invested an additional $1.3 million and $1.9 million, 
respectively, in Rheinfelden Americas, LLC, a supplier of aluminum slugs for aerosol cans. 

In April 2018, the Company acquired Imprint Plus, a group of privately owned companies with common shareholders, based 
in Richmond, British Columbia, Canada, for approximately $24.3 million, net of cash. Imprint Plus expands Avery’s printable 
media depth in custom name badge systems, signage systems and accessories in North America. 

In May 2018, the Company acquired Nortec International Inc. (“Nortec”), a privately owned company in Israel for approximately 
$8.8 million in net cash and assumed debt. Nortec is a manufacturer of high performance labels and marking systems for the 
high technology sector and expands CCL Design’s presence in Israel. Nortec was added to the CCL Segment.

In May 2018, the Company acquired the remaining 50.0% interest in CCL-Korsini (“Korsini”) in-mould label joint venture in the 
United States from its partner for $3.1 million in net cash and $6.7 million assumed debt.

In December 2018, the Company acquired assets of Unilogo in Poland for approximately $10.7 million in net cash and acquired 
lease  obligations.  Unilogo  is  a  supplier  of  digitally  printed,  pressure  sensitive  and  sleeve  labels  for  consumer  products 
customers. Unilogo was added to the CCL Segment.

69

2018 Annual Report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the allocation of the consideration to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for the Fascia, Imprint Plus, Nortec, Korsini and Unilogo acquisitions:

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired 
Assumed debt 

Fair market value of previously held interest 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other long-term assets   
Goodwill and intangibles 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions and other long-term liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

(c)  Revenue and profit from acquirees

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

55.1 
7.8 

62.9 
3.1 

66.0 

7.9 
2.9 
0.1 
11.7 
 0.3 
49.2 
(5.4)
(0.3)
 (0.4)

66.0

The following table summarizes the combined sales and net earnings that the newly acquired Fascia, Imprint Plus, Nortec, 
Korsini, Treofan and Unilogo have contributed to the Company for the current reporting period. 

Sales 

Net earnings 

(d)   Pro forma information

Twelve Months Ended  
December 31, 2018

$ 

$ 

 143.8

1.7 

The pro forma consolidated financial information below has been prepared following the accounting policies of the Company 
as if the acquisitions took place January 1, 2018. 

The pro forma consolidated financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily 
indicative of results of operations and financial position that would have been achieved had the pro forma events taken place 
on the dates indicated, or the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the consolidated company. 
Future results may vary significantly from the pro forma results presented.  

The  historical  consolidated  financial  information  has  been  adjusted  in  preparing  the  pro  forma  consolidated  financial 
information to give effect to events that are: (i) directly attributable to the acquisitions; (ii) factually supportable; and (iii) with 
respect to revenues and earnings, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of CCL Industries Inc. As such, the 
impact from acquisition-related expenses is not included in the accompanying pro forma consolidated financial information. 
The pro forma consolidated financial information does not reflect any cost savings (or associated costs to achieve such 
savings) from operating efficiencies, synergies or other restructuring that could result from the acquisitions.  

The following table summarizes the sales and earnings of the Company combined with Fascia, Imprint Plus, Nortec, Korsini, 
Treofan and Unilogo as though the acquisitions took place on January 1, 2018: 

Sales 

Net earnings 

70

Twelve Months Ended 
December 31, 2018

$ 

$ 

5,296.8

474.1

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e)  Acquisition of Innovia Group of Companies

In February 2017, the Company completed the share acquisition of Innovia Group of Companies (“Innovia”) for approximately 
$1.15 billion. Innovia is a leading global manufacturer of BOPP films supplying highly differentiated specialty products to the 
packaging, labels, and securities markets. The Innovia acquisition expands the Company’s security products, customers, 
markets and technology. Innovia’s film operation is included within the newly created Innovia segment. Innovia’s security 
operation is included within the CCL Segment.

Total cash consideration, net of cash acquired of $28.4 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other assets 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative instruments   
Employee benefits  
Deferred tax liabilities 

Net assets acquired 

$ 

$ 

1,153.2

106.2
78.5
227.9
11.7
466.4
545.6
(151.2)
(5.3)
(43.8)
(82.8)

$  

1,153.2

Goodwill is comprised of the excess fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets required. Factors 
that make up the amount of goodwill recognized include expected synergies and employee knowledge of operations. The 
total amount of goodwill and intangibles for Innovia is $1,012.0 million and is not deductible for tax purposes.

(f)  Summary of 2017 acquisitions

In April 2017, the Company acquired Goed Gemerkt B.V. and Goed Gewerkt B.V. (collectively referred to as “GGW”), two 
privately owned companies with common shareholders in Utrecht, Netherlands, for approximately $23.0 million, net of cash 
acquired. GGW has expanded Avery’s depth in the personalized “kids labels” sector.

In April 2017, the Company acquired badgepoint GmbH, badgetech GmbH and Name Tag Systems Inc. (collectively referred to 
as “Badgepoint”), three privately owned companies with common shareholders based in Hamburg, Germany, for approximately 
$5.6 million, net of cash acquired. Badgepoint has expanded Avery’s portfolio in web-to-print technologies internationally.

In October 2017, the Company announced it had acquired the remaining 37.5% minority interest in its Acrus CCL venture for 
approximately $6.3 million in cash. 

In 2017, the Company and its joint-venture partner invested an additional $3.3 million in Rheinfelden Americas, LLC, a supplier 
of aluminum slugs for aerosol cans. 

71

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.   C A S H   A N D   C A S H   E Q U I VA L E N T S

Bank balances 
Restricted cash 
Short-term investments  

Cash and cash equivalents 

7.   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   R E C E I VA B L E S

Trade receivables  
Other receivables 

Trade and other receivables 

8 .   I N V E N TO R I E S

Raw material 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 

Total inventories 

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017

$ 

$ 

577.7 
8.1 
3.3 

589.1 

$  

$ 

513.0
7.3
37.2

557.5

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017

$ 

$ 

847.3 
90.7 

938.0 

$ 

$ 

754.8
66.5

821.3

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017

$ 

$ 

210.7 
58.3 
255.6 

524.6 

$ 

$  

161.2
50.5
213.4

425.1

The total amount of inventories recognized as an expense in 2018 was $3,662.7 million (2017 – $3,319.4 million), including 
depreciation of $223.3 million (2017 – $209.7 million). 

9.   E Q U I T Y-AC C O U N T E D   I N V E S T M E N T S 

Summary financial information for equity-accounted investments, including joint ventures and associates, not adjusted for 
the percentage ownership held by the Company is as follows:

At December 31, 2018
Net earnings 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

At December 31, 2017
Net earnings 
Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive income (loss) 

Carrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures 

Associates 

Joint Ventures 

5.6 
0.7 

6.3 

26.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.1 
9.1 

14.2 

33.2 

Associates 

Joint Ventures 

4.0 
(1.2) 

2.8 

25.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3.3 
(4.2) 

(0.9) 

28.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total

10.7
9.8

20.5

59.8

Total

7.3
(5.4)

1.9

54.0

72

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 0.  P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T 

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2017 
Acquisitions through business combinations  
Other additions 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

Land and  
Buildings 

577.0 
64.4 
42.8 
(1.9) 
1.0 

Machinery  
and  
Equipment 

Fixtures, 
Fittings  
and Other 

$ 

$ 

1,805.5 
177.7 
238.1 
(77.7) 
(56.1) 

$ 

31.4 
1.5 
4.8 
(0.1) 
(0.8) 

Total 

2,413.9
243.6
285.7
(79.7)
(55.9)

Balance at December 31, 2017 

$ 

683.3 

$ 

2,087.5 

$ 

36.8 

$ 

2,807.6

Acquisitions through business combinations 
Other additions 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 
Balance at January 1, 2017 
Depreciation for the year 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

19.5 
62.7 
(22.7) 
63.0 

805.8 

155.1 
27.2 
(1.5) 
(1.5) 

$ 

$ 

82.0 
285.6 
(60.7) 
89.7 

2,484.1 

1,023.6 
178.5 
(66.1) 
(43.4) 

$ 

$ 

0.6 
4.6 
(1.0) 
3.4 

44.4 

18.3 
4.0 
(0.2) 
(1.1) 

$ 

$ 

102.1
352.9
(84.4)
156.1

3,334.3

1,197.0
209.7
(67.8)
(46.0)

$ 

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

$ 

179.3 

$ 

1,092.6 

$ 

21.0 

$ 

1,292.9

Depreciation for the year 
Disposals 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2017 
At December 31, 2018   

30.5 
(12.5) 
18.9 

216.2 

504.0 
589.6 

$ 

$ 
$ 

188.4 
(51.9) 
65.1 

1,294.2 

994.9 
1,189.9 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

4.4 
(0.9) 
1.9 

26.4 

15.8 
18.0 

$ 

$ 
$ 

223.3
(65.3)
85.9

1,536.8

1,514.7
1,797.5

73

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 1 .   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S 

Customer 
 Relationships 

Patents,  
  Trademarks  
and Other 

Brands 

 Total 

Goodwill

Cost  
Balance at January 1, 2017 
Acquisitions through business  
  combinations 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

$ 

 361.3  

$ 

33.6  

$ 

268.6 

$ 

663.5 

$ 

1,131.8

280.0 
(4.1) 

157.5 
(9.1) 

169.4 
(13.0) 

606.9 
(26.2) 

475.6
(26.7)

Balance at December 31, 2017 

$ 

637.2 

$ 

182.0 

$ 

 425.0 

$ 

 1,244.2 

$ 

 1,580.7

Acquisitions through business  
  combinations 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Amortization and impairment losses 
Balance at January 1, 2017 
Amortization for the year 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

Amortization for the year 
Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

Carrying amounts 
At December 31, 2017 
At December 31, 2018   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

49.3 
23.1 

 709.6 

93.7 
40.3 
0.4 

$ 

$ 

134.4 

$ 

43.2 
3.2 

180.8 

502.8 
528.8 

$ 

$ 
$ 

6.1 
8.3 

 196.4 

20.2 
9.2 
(2.3) 

27.1 

11.5 
1.2 

39.8 

154.9 
156.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

— 
28.5 

453.5  

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

425.0 
453.5 

55.4 
59.9 

1,359.5 

113.9 
49.5 
(1.9) 

$ 

$ 

161.5 

$ 

54.7 
4.4 

220.6 

1,082.7 
1,138.9 

$ 

$ 
$ 

181.6
68.0

 1,830.3

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

1,580.7
1,830.3

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

74

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 2 .   G O O DW I L L   A N D   I N D E F I N I T E - L I F E   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S

Impairment testing for cash-generating units containing goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets are allocated to the Company’s operating 
segments, which represent the lowest level within the Company at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management 
purposes.

The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets allocated to each unit are as follows:

Goodwill 
  CCL 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

Indefinite-life intangible assets – brands 
  Avery 
  Checkpoint 
  Innovia 

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,127.9 
139.5 
207.3 
355.6 

$ 

1,065.2
118.7
192.8
204.0

1,830.3 

 $ 

1,580.7

202.4 
194.8 
56.3 

453.5 

$ 

$ 

188.4
181.6
55.0

425.0

Impairment  testing  for  goodwill  and  indefinite-life  intangible  assets  was  done  by  a  comparison  of  the  asset’s  carrying 
amount to its estimated value in use, determined by discounting the CGUs future cash flows. Key assumptions used in the 
determination of the value in use include a growth rate of 2%–8%, and a pre-tax discount rate of 10%–17%. Discount rates 
reflect current market assumptions and risks related to the CGUs and are based upon the weighted average cost of capital. 
The Company’s historical growth rates are used as a basis in determining the growth rate applied for impairment testing.

The Company completed its impairment testing as at September 30, 2018.  

The estimated value in use of CCL, Avery, Checkpoint and Innovia assets exceeded their carrying values. As a result, no 
goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets impairment was recorded.

75

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 3 .   T R A D E   A N D   OT H E R   PAYA B L E S

Trade payables 
Other payables 

Trade and other payables 

1 4 .  D E F E R R E D   TA X

(a)  Unrecognized deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following items:

Deductible temporary differences 
Tax losses 
Income tax credits 

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017

$ 

$ 

673.0 
550.4 

$ 

551.7
466.7

1,223.4 

 $ 

1,018.4

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017

$ 

$  

16.9 
72.9 
7.7 

97.5 

$ 

$ 

16.4
77.6
7.1

101.1

The unrecognized deferred tax assets on tax losses of $15.1 million will expire between 2019 and 2028, $8.4 million will expire 
beyond 2028 and $49.4 million may be carried forward indefinitely. The deductible temporary differences do not expire under 
current tax legislation. Income tax credits of $7.7 million will expire between 2019 and 2027 and relate mainly to foreign tax 
credits in the United States. Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these items because it is not probable 
that future taxable income will be available against which the Company can utilize the benefits therefrom. 

76

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets 

Liabilities 

  Net (Assets) Liabilities

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017 

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017 

 December 31,  
2018 

 December 31, 
2017

$ 

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and  other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

6.2 
— 
8.0 
12.8 
57.7 
14.3 

12.6 
32.4 
17.8 
— 

$ 

6.4 
— 
1.4 
11.5 
56.0 
13.5 

14.6 
31.2 
22.7 
— 

Balance before offset 

Offset of tax 

161.8 

(129.3) 

157.3 

(128.5) 

$ 

$ 

68.2 
269.4 
— 
0.5 
— 
— 

— 
7.8 
— 
— 

345.9 

(129.3) 

52.4 
253.2 
0.4 
0.3 
— 
— 

— 
5.7 
— 
— 

312.0 

(128.5) 

$ 

62.0 
269.4 
(8.0) 
(12.3) 
(57.7) 
(14.3) 

(12.6) 
(24.6) 
(17.8) 
— 

184.1 

— 

46.0
253.2 
(1.0)
(11.2)
(56.0)
(13.5)

(14.6)
(25.5)
(22.7)
—

154.7

—

Balance after offset 

$ 

32.5 

$ 

28.8 

$ 

216.6 

$ 

183.5 

$ 

184.1 

$ 

154.7

Balance at  
December 31, 2017 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized  
in Other 
    Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 

 Balance at  
December 31, 2018 
Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

46.0 
253.2 
(1.0) 
(11.2) 
(56.0) 
(13.5) 

(14.6) 
(25.5) 
(22.7) 
— 

$ 

5.2 
(0.8) 
(0.4) 
(0.8) 
(0.7) 
(0.2) 

3.1 
2.9 
8.3 
— 

$ 

6.6 
13.9 
— 
0.2 
(0.7) 
— 

— 
(2.6) 
(1.9) 
— 

$ 

4.2 
3.1 
(0.2) 
(0.5) 
(2.9) 
(0.8) 

(1.1) 
0.6 
(1.5) 
— 

$ 

— 
— 
(6.4) 
— 
2.6 
0.2 

— 
— 
— 
— 

62.0
269.4
(8.0)
(12.3)
(57.7)
(14.3)

(12.6)
(24.6)
(17.8)
—

$ 

154.7 

$ 

16.6 

$ 

15.5 

$ 

0.9 

$ 

(3.6) 

$ 

184.1

77

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 
December 31, 2016 
Liability (Asset) 

Recognized 
in Income  
Statement 

Acquisitions 

Translation 
and Others 

Recognized 
in Other 
Comprehensive  
Income/Equity 

Balance at 
December 31, 2017 
Liability (Asset)

$  

Property, plant  
  and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Derivatives 
Inventory reserves 
Employee benefit plans   
Share-based payments 
Capitalized research  
  and development 
Provisions and other items 
Tax loss carry-forwards  
Foreign tax credit 

$ 

67.4 
150.8 
6.7 
(15.6) 
(57.9) 
(18.7) 

(29.5) 
(15.6) 
(31.6) 
(9.4) 

$ 

(20.5) 
(60.1) 
(5.4) 
4.7 
14.5 
(0.6) 

13.0 
6.2 
26.3 
(5.4) 

$ 

1.1 
164.4 
(1.3) 
(0.6) 
(15.6) 
— 

0.4 
(15.6) 
(18.5) 
14.2 

$ 

(2.0) 
(1.9) 
— 
0.3 
1.2 
0.3 

1.5 
(0.5) 
1.1 
0.6 

$  

— 
— 
(1.0) 
— 
1.8 
5.5 

— 
— 
— 
— 

46.0
253.2
(1.0)
(11.2)
(56.0)
(13.5)

(14.6)
(25.5)
(22.7)
—

$ 

46.6 

$ 

(27.3) 

$ 

128.5 

$ 

0.6 

$  

6.3 

$ 

154.7

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax liabilities were not recognized as at December 31, 2018 is $1,727.1 million (2017 – $1,344.9 million).

The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures for which 
deferred tax assets were not recognized as at December 31, 2018, is $26.9 million (2017 – $14.4 million).

1 5.   S H A R E   C A P I TA L   

Shares issued (in millions) 

Balance, January 1, 2017  
Stock options exercised   
Director share units exercised 

Balance, December 31, 2017 
Stock options exercised   
Director share units exercised 

Balance, December 31, 2018 

Class A 
Shares 

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 

Amount 

4.5 
— 
— 

4.5 
— 
— 

4.5 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Class B 
Shares  

164.1 
0.8 
0.1 

165.0 
0.8 
0.1 

Amount  

Total 

$  

$  

$ 

$ 

286.6 
14.6 
3.4 

304.6 
23.0 
4.2 

291.1
14.6
3.4

309.1
23.0
4.2

336.3

165.9 

$ 

331.8 

$ 

At December 31, 2018, the authorized share capital comprised an unlimited number of Class A voting shares and an unlimited 
number of Class B non-voting shares. The Class A and Class B shares have no par value. All issued shares are fully paid. Both 
Class A and Class B shares are classified as equity.

(i)  Class A

The holders of Class A shares receive dividends set at $0.01 per share per annum less than Class B shares, are entitled to one 
vote per share at meetings of the Company and their shares are convertible at any time into Class B shares. 

(ii)  Class B

Class B shares rank equally in all material respects with Class A shares, except as follows:

(a)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive material and attend, but not to vote at, regular shareholder meetings.

(b)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to voting privileges when consideration for the Class A shares, under a takeover bid 

when voting control has been acquired, exceeds 115% of the market price of the Class B shares.

(c)   Holders of Class B shares are entitled to receive, or have set aside for payment, dividends declared by the Board of 

Directors from time to time, set at $0.01 per share per annum greater than Class A shares.

78

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends

The annual dividends per share were as follows:

Class A share  
Class B share 

Shares held in trust

2018 

0.51 
0.52 

$ 
$ 

2017

0.45
0.46

$ 
$ 

During 2016, the Company granted awards totalling 124,500 Class B shares of the Company. Shares to be used to satisfy 
this obligation were purchased in the open market and are restricted in nature. These share awards are dependent on the 
Company’s performance and continuing employment. The grant date fair value of these stock awards is being amortized over 
the vesting period and recognized as compensation expense. 

1 6.   E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E 

Basic earnings per share

The  calculation  of  basic  earnings  per  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018,  was  based  on  profit  attributable  to   
Class  A  shares  of  $31.1  million  (2017  –  $31.8  million)  and  Class  B  shares  of  $435.7  million  (2017  –  $442.3  million)  and  a 
weighted average number of Class A shares outstanding of 11.8 million (2017 – 11.8 million) and Class B shares outstanding 
of 165.0 million (2017 – 164.0 million).

Weighted average number of shares (in millions)

Issued and outstanding shares at January 1  
Effect of stock options exercised 
Effect of deferred share units exercised 

Weighted average number of shares at December 31 

Diluted earnings per share

Class A  
Shares 

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 

2018 

Class B  
Shares 

164.3 
0.6 
0.1 

165.0 

Class A  
Shares  

11.8 
— 
— 

11.8 

2017 

Class B 
Shares 

163.3
0.6
 0.1

 164.0

The calculation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2018, was based on profit attributable to 
Class A shares of $30.8 million (2017 – $31.4 million) and Class B shares of $436.0 million (2017 – $442.7 million) and a  
diluted  weighted  average  number  of  Class  A  shares  outstanding  of  11.8  million  (2017  –  11.8  million)  and  Class  B  shares 
outstanding of 166.9 million (2017 – 166.4 million).

Weighted average number of shares – diluted (in millions)

Weighted average number of shares (basic)  
Effect of deferred share units on issue  
Effect of reciprocal shareholdings 
Effect of share options on issue 

Weighted average number of shares (diluted)  

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31, 
2017

176.8 
0.3 
0.7 
0.9 

178.7 

175.8
0.4
0.7
1.3

178.2

The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of share options was based 
on quoted market prices for the year that the options were outstanding.

79

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 7.   LOA N S   A N D   B O R R OW I N G S

Current liabilities 
Current portion of unsecured notes (i) 
Current portion of unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (ii) 
Current portion of finance lease liabilities 
Current portion of other loans (iv) 

Short-term operating credit lines available (v) 

Short-term operating credit lines used 

Non-current liabilities   
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (ii) 
Unsecured bonds (iii) 
Finance lease liabilities   
Other loans (iv) 

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
65.5 
1.6 
4.7 

71.8 

27.7 

10.5 

1,445.5 
972.7 
1.0 
0.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

162.0
60.3
2.2
6.1

230.6

20.1

6.8

1,474.8
620.3
4.0
1.7

$ 

2,419.8 

$ 

2,100.8

(i)  Unsecured notes

As  at  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  had  nil  private  debt  placements  outstanding.  Two  private  debt  placements   
completed  in  1998  and  2008  for  a  total  of  US$129.0  million  ($162.0  million)  were  outstanding  at  December  31,  2017.   
US$51.0  million  with  an  interest  rate  of  7.09%  and  US$78.0  million  with  an  interest  rate  of  6.62%  were  repaid  on  their 
maturities of July 8, 2018, and September 26, 2018, respectively.

(ii)  Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities

As at December 31, 2018, the Company had an unsecured US$1.2 billion revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. 
The facility bears interest at the applicable benchmark interest rate plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s  
net  debt  to  EBITDA  and  matures  March  29,  2023.  As  at  December  31,  2018,  US$352.0  million  ($480.0  million;  LIBOR   
plus  1.45%),  €223.2  million  ($349.0  million;  EURIBOR  plus  1.45%),  60.3  million  ($104.9  million;  GBP  LIBOR  plus  1.45%),   
$79.5 million (BA plus 1.45%) and $3.2 million of contingent letters of credits were drawn on this syndicated bank credit facility. 

As at December 31, 2017, US$271.0 million ($340.7 million; LIBOR plus 1.45%), €155.8 million ($235.0 million; EURIBOR plus 
1.45%), 60.3 million ($102.4 million; GBP LIBOR plus 1.45%), $337.0 million (BA plus 1.45%) and $3.5 million of contingent 
letters of credits were drawn on the syndicated bank credit facility. 

As  at  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  had  an  unsecured  US$366  million  ($499.1  million;  LIBOR  plus  1.45%;  2017:   
$520.4 million; LIBOR plus 1.45%) non-revolving amortizing term loan facility with a syndicate of banks. This facility, maturing 
in February 2020 with quarterly principal repayments of US$12.0 million that started on June 30, 2017, bears interest at   
the applicable domestic rate plus an interest rate margin linked to the Company’s net debt to EBITDA consistent with the 
existing syndicated revolving facility. 

The unused portion of the revolving syndicated bank credit facility was US$454.5 million at December 31, 2018 (December 31, 
2017 – US$397.7 million).

As  at  December  31,  2018,  transaction  costs  related  to  the  unsecured  syndicated  bank  credit  facilities  were  $1.5  million 
(December 31, 2017 – $0.4 million).

80

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii)  Unsecured bonds

Unsecured  bonds  as  at  December  31,  2018,  consisted  of  $298.2  million  (2017  –  nil)  principal  amount  of  3.864%  bonds, 
issued by offering memorandum in Canada on April 13, 2018, maturing April 13, 2028, and US$500 million ($674.5 million; 
2017 – $620.3 million) principal amount of 3.25% bonds, offered under a Rule 144A private placement in the United States 
on September 20, 2016, maturing on October 1, 2026. These notes bear interest payable semi-annually. The net proceeds 
of both bond offerings were used to partially repay amounts borrowed under the unsecured syndicated bank credit facility.

As at December 31, 2018, the Company utilized a cross-currency interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert notional 
US$376.2 million (2017 – US$264.7 million) of the 3.25% fixed rate debt into €340.0 million (2017 – €250.0 million) 1.16% and 
1.23% fixed rate debt in order to hedge its euro-based assets and cash flows (note 23(a)).

(iv)  Other loans

 Other loans include term bank loans at various rates and repayment terms.

(v)  Operating credit lines

Interest rates charged on the credit lines are based on rates varying with LIBOR, the prime rate and similar market rates for 
other currencies.

(vi)  Reconciliation of changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the 
statement of cash flows as financing activities. Changes in the Company’s liabilities arising from financing activities are as 
follows:

Balance at January 1 
Financing cash flows 
Acquisitions 
Foreign exchange 
Other  

Balance at December 31  

$ 

$ 

2018 

2,331.4 
5.8 
7.8 
148.2 
(1.6) 

2017

1,601.3
802.1
8.3
(81.8)
1.5

$ 

2,491.6 

$ 

2,331.4

As at December 31, 2018, the carrying amount of financial and non-financial assets pledged as collateral, against $2.7 million 
(2017 – $5.0 million) of long-term debt, amounted to $19.9 million (2017 – $20.3 million).

1 8 .   F I N A N C E   I N C O M E   A N D   C O S T

Recognized in income statement

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 
Fees and interest recognized on other financial instruments 
Interest expense on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance cost 

Interest income on cash and cash equivalents 
Interest income on other assets 
Interest income on post-employment defined benefit plans 

Finance income 

Net finance cost recognized in income statement 

2018 

82.3 
(5.2) 
15.8 

92.9 

3.7 
0.8 
7.7 

12.2 

80.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The above finance income and expense are all with respect to assets (liabilities) not at fair value through profit or loss.

2017

71.4
(1.0)
17.0

87.4

3.3
0.2
8.7

12.2

75.2

81

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 9.   E M P LOY E E   B E N E F I T S

Present value of wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations   
Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations 

Total present value of obligations 
Fair value of plan assets  

Recognized liability for defined benefit obligations 
Liability for long-service leave and jubilee plans 
Liability for long-term incentive plan  

Total employee benefits  
Total employee benefits reported in other payables 

Total employee benefits reported in non-current liabilities 

(i)   Defined contribution post-employment plans

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

274.9 
432.3 

707.2 
(378.7) 

328.5 
13.4 
28.9 

370.8 
50.8 

320.0 

$ 

$ 

260.9
435.7

696.6
(376.9)

319.7
11.7
13.2

344.6
11.0

333.6

The  Company  sponsors  defined  contribution  post-employment  plans  in  Canada,  the  U.S.,  Thailand  and  the  U.K.  A  post-
employment plan is classified as a defined contribution plan if the Company pays fixed contributions into a fund at a separate 
entity and the Company has no further obligation to pay any further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to 
pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The expense for company-sponsored 
defined contribution post-employment plans was $24.5 million in 2018 (2017 – $23.6 million) of which $0.1 million (2017 –  
$0.1 million) was for key management personnel. Company contributions into defined contribution state plans are included 
in the line “Compulsory social security contributions” of the table in note 20.

(ii)   Defined benefit post-employment plans

The Company also has defined benefit post-employment plans in various countries of the world. Although some of these 
plans have elements common to defined contribution plans, the Company has accounted for these as defined benefit plans 
as they are not fully funded at a separate entity.

Partially funded defined benefit obligations

The Company’s defined benefit post-employment plans are not fully funded. The obligation of these plans, net of any assets, 
is recorded in non-current liabilities on the Statement of Financial Position in employee benefits or, for payments expected 
to be made within the next twelve months, in trade and other payables in current liabilities. Fluctuations in the pension 
liabilities resulting from actuarial gains or losses due to changes in risk factors are recorded in other comprehensive income. 
The primary partially funded plans are in Canada, the United Kingdom, Switzerland and the Netherlands. Details of these 
plans are as follows:

(a)    In Canada, the Company has a registered partially funded defined benefit pension plan for seven retired executives and one 
active employee. The Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee earnings. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions 
required. The plan is closed to new members. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries, 
discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that 
any surplus in the plan after all obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company.

82

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)    In the U.K., the Company has two registered partially funded defined benefit pension plans. The Company’s plan has no 
active members and is closed to new members. Benefits are based on final salary. All members of the plan are either 
deferred or retired and benefits are provided to spouses or dependents in the event of a member’s death before or 
after retirement. The Company is required to make payments of £0.7 million in deficit funding contributions annually. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and any contributions 
required.  The  primary  risk factors  for  this  plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility for the 
value of the obligation, and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in the plan after all 
obligations have been covered is fully available to the Company. While the Innovia plan does have active members, it is 
closed to new members. Benefits are based on a member’s final pensionable salaries and length of service at retirement. 
Benefits are provided to spouses in the event of a member’s death before or after retirement. Contributions are required 
by active members and the Company. The Company is required to make payments of £1.0 million in deficit funding 
contributions annually. An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan and in calculating the expense and 
any contributions required. The primary risk factors for this plan are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate 
volatility for the value of the obligation, and market risk on the assets. The Company has determined that any surplus in 
the plan after all obligations have been covered is available to the Company if the plan is wound up. However, any surplus 
while the plan is ongoing is under the authority of the trustees.

(c)   In Switzerland, the Company provides a mandatory legislated contribution-based cash balance plan for employees that 
is accounted for as a post-employment defined benefit plan. Benefits from the plan are paid out at retirement, disability 
or death. If an employee terminates from the Company prior to retirement, the vested benefit equal to the accumulated 
savings account balance is transferred to the pension plan of the new employer. The plan is governed by a foundation 
board that is legally responsible for the operation of the plan and includes employer and employee representation, in 
equal numbers. A legally required minimum level of retirement benefit is based on age-related savings contributions, an 
insured salary defined by law and a required rate of return set annually by the Swiss government. Contributions from both 
employers and employees are compulsory and vary according to age and salary. The primary risk factors for this plan are 
longevity of plan beneficiaries, discount rate volatility for the value of the obligation and market risk on the assets. Under 
Swiss pension law, any surplus assets technically belong to the pension plan and any reduction in contributions is at the 
discretion of the Board. 

(d)    In the Netherlands, the Company provides a defined benefit career average pay plan for a small number of employees. 
An actuary is involved in measuring the obligation of the plan. Benefits from the plan are paid through retirement and at 
death, before or during retirement, to the spouse or dependents. If a member of the plan leaves the Company, the member 
may choose to have the benefits of the plan transferred into the plan of the new employer. The benefit formula is based 
on a percentage of each year’s pensionable salary up to a set maximum salary less a social security offset. Benefits are 
guaranteed by an insurance company and the Company is required to pay annual premiums on the insurance contract 
based on a contract interest rate. There are no employee contributions to the plan. The primary risk factors for this plan 
are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate volatility. This plan has been frozen as of December 31, 2018.

The most recent actuarial valuation for funding purposes for the executive defined pension plan in Canada was as of January 1, 
2018. The next required actuarial valuation will be as of January 1, 2021. The most recent actuarial valuation of the U.K. defined 
benefit pension plan for funding purposes was as of January 1, 2017. The next required valuation is as of January 1, 2020. The 
most recent actuarial valuation of the U.K. Innovia defined benefit pension plan for funding purposes was as of January 1, 
2017. The next required valuation is as of January 1, 2020.

Wholly unfunded defined benefit obligations

For defined benefit post-employment plans that have no assets, the Company simply funds the plans as benefits are paid. 
The primary wholly unfunded plans are in Canada, the U.S. and Germany. Details of these plans are as follows:

(a)   In Canada, the Company maintains non-registered, wholly unfunded supplemental retirement arrangements for one 
active  Canadian  executive,  eight  retired  Canadian  executives  and  two  retired  U.S.  executives  or  their  widows.  The 
Company makes all required contributions to the plans. Benefits are based on employee earnings. An actuary is involved 
in measuring the obligation of the plans and in calculating the expense and any contributions required. The plans are 
closed to new members. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate 
volatility.

83

2018 Annual Report(b)   In the U.S., the Company has a post-employment wholly unfunded deferred compensation plan for designated executives 
(“NQP”). Liabilities are based strictly on the contributions made to the plan, an established rate of return and are not 
subject to actuarial adjustments. It allows executives to elect to defer specified portions of salary, cash bonuses and long-
term incentive plan payments. The Company contributes a matching portion of the executive’s NQP deferred amount 
to a maximum of 8% of the executive’s base salary plus bonus. The Company may also contribute a discretionary annual 
company contribution based on a percentage of base salary and annual bonus. Contributions to the NQP for one of the 
executives vest immediately. For the other executives, immediate vesting of discretionary Company contributions and 
interest occurs on death, disability or change of control with normal vesting occurring at age 60 with 10 years’ service. 
The Company’s match portion and interest vest in the same manner as Company contributions in the 401k plan. Elective 
deferrals by the executive vest immediately.

(c)   In Germany, the Company has several wholly unfunded defined benefit plans. There are four salary- based annuity plans 
that are closed to new members, but currently have approximately 130 active  members.  All  contributions  and  benefits 
are funded by the Company. The primary risk factors for these plans are longevity of plan beneficiaries and discount rate 
volatility. There are also three cash balance plans for current employees. Two of those plans require the Company to match 
a specific portion of employee contributions. Upon retirement, lump sum payments are made unless an employee requests 
an annuity. The third cash balance plan has employer and employee  contributions and pays out in three instalments upon 
retirement. The primary risk factor for these  three plans is discount rate volatility. 

(d)   The Company has wholly unfunded post-employment defined benefit plans in Austria, France, Italy, Mexico and Thailand. 
Benefits are paid out in lump sums upon retirement, disability or death. There  are  no  employee  contributions  in  these 
plans. Benefits are based on salary and length of service with the Company.

84

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual ReportThe following table shows the reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for the defined benefit post-
employment plans, including the defined benefit pension plans, supplemental retirement plans and other post-employment 
defined benefit plans.

2018 

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Current service cost 
  Past service cost 
  Interest cost 
  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial (gains) losses – experience 
  Actuarial losses – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial gains – financial assumptions 
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Settlement gain 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial losses 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability  

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

$ 

435.7 
4.5 
5.7 
3.3 
10.7 
1.1 
(12.5) 
2.4 
0.9 
(31.6) 
— 
(0.5) 
— 
12.6 

432.3 

376.9 
2.7 
9.2 
(18.4) 
1.1 
10.3 
(12.5) 
(1.4) 
(0.2) 
11.0 

378.7 

(53.6) 

(53.6) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

260.9 
— 
4.7 
0.2 
6.6 
2.4 
(10.0) 
(0.8) 
1.7 
(4.3) 
0.9 
— 
0.2 
12.4 

274.9 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
10.0 
(10.0) 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(274.9) 

(274.9) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

696.6
4.5
10.4
3.5
17.3
3.5
(22.5)
1.6
2.6
(35.9)
0.9
(0.5)
0.2
25.0

707.2

376.9
2.7
9.2
(18.4)
1.1
20.3
(22.5)
(1.4)
(0.2)
11.0

378.7

(328.5)

(328.5)

85

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2017 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Current service cost 
  Interest cost 
  Employee contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Actuarial (gains) losses – experience 
  Actuarial (gains) losses – demographic assumptions 
  Actuarial loss – financial assumptions 
  Reinstatements and transfers 
  Effect of curtailment 
  Settlement gain 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Balance, end of year 

Plan assets: 
  Fair value, beginning of year 
  Opening balance from current year acquisitions 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Actuarial gains 
  Employee contributions 
  Employer contributions 
  Benefits paid 
  Administrative expenses  
  Settlements 
  Effect of movements in exchange rates 

Fair value, end of year 

Funded status, net deficit of plans 

Accrued benefit liability  

The Company’s net defined benefit plan expense is as follows:

2018 

Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
  Cost of sales 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses 
  Restructuring and other items 
  Finance cost 

 $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

92.3 
320.5 
7.5 
10.4 
1.1 
(13.8) 
1.4 
(3.5) 
10.1 
(2.5) 
(0.2) 
(1.5) 
13.9 

435.7 

66.6 
276.4 
8.7 
19.9 
1.1 
10.5 
(13.8) 
(2.5) 
(1.5) 
11.5 

376.9 

(58.8) 

(58.8) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

249.7 
1.3 
4.3 
6.6 
0.5 
(8.3) 
(2.8) 
0.1 
3.2 
— 
— 
— 
6.3 

260.9 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
8.3 
(8.3) 
— 
— 
— 

— 

(260.9) 

(260.9) 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.7 
3.3 
1.5 
(0.5) 

10.0 

3.5 
1.7 
3.3 
1.5 

4.7 
0.2 
6.6 
— 

11.5 

1.1 
3.8 
— 
6.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

342.0
321.8
11.8
17.0
1.6
(22.1)
(1.4)
(3.4)
13.3
(2.5)
(0.2)
(1.5)
20.2

696.6

66.6
276.4
8.7
19.9
1.1
18.8
(22.1)
(2.5)
(1.5)
11.5

376.9

(319.7)

(319.7)

Total

10.4
3.5
8.1
(0.5)

21.5

4.6
5.5
3.3
8.1

Net defined benefit plan expense 

$ 

10.0 

$ 

11.5 

$ 

21.5

86

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017 

Current service cost 
Net interest cost on accrued benefit liability 
Curtailment gain 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Net defined benefit plan expense is recorded in: 
  Cost of sales 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses 
  Finance cost 

Net defined benefit plan expense 

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized directly in equity are as follows:

Actuarial gains (losses) – experience   
Actuarial gains (losses) – demographic assumptions 
Actuarial gains (losses) – financial assumptions 
Experience gains (losses) on plan assets 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7.5 
1.7 
(0.2) 

9.0 

5.5 
1.8 
1.7 

9.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4.3 
6.6 
— 

10.9 

11.0 
3.3 
6.6 

10.9 

2018 

(1.6) 
(2.6) 
35.9 
(18.4) 

Recognized during the year in other comprehensive income 

$ 

13.3 

$ 

Plan assets consist of the following:

Total

11.8
8.3
(0.2)

19.9

6.5
5.1
8.3

19.9

2017

1.4
3.4
(13.3)
19.9

11.4

2018 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

2017 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Real estate 
Other 

Total 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

61% 
31% 
2% 
6% 

100% 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

61% 
29% 
3% 
7% 

100% 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

61%
31%
2%
6%

100%

Total

61%
29%
3%
7%

100%

No plan assets are directly invested in the Company’s own shares or directly in any property occupied by, or other assets 
used by, the Company.

87

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The actual returns on plan assets are as follows:

2018 
2017 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

$  
$ 

(9.2) 
28.6  

—  
— 

$  
$  

Total

(9.2)
28.6

The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment benefit obligations are as follows:

December 31, 2018 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2017 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

 2.80% 
 1.44% 

 2.36% 
 1.38% 

2.36% 
1.83% 

2.00% 
1.87% 

2.63%
1.59%

2.33%
1.56%

The weighted average economic assumptions used to determine post-employment plan expenses are as follows:

December 31, 2018 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

December 31, 2017 
Discount rate 
Expected rate of compensation increase 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded 

Total

2.41% 
1.42% 

2.50% 
1.38% 

1.97% 
1.86% 

1.94% 
1.89% 

2.25%
1.58%

2.29%
1.57%

The sensitivity analysis on the defined benefit obligation is as follows, and is prepared by altering one assumption at a time 
and keeping the other assumptions unchanged. The resulting defined benefit obligation is then compared to the defined 
benefit obligation in the disclosures:

Discount rate (increase 1%) 
Discount rate (decrease 1%) 
Longevity (+1 year) 
Inflation (+0.25%) 
Inflation (-0.25%) 
Salary (increase 1%) 
Salary (decrease 1%) 
Duration (years) 

  Partially Funded 

 Wholly Unfunded

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(75.7) 
90.7 
17.1 
10.0 
(10.2) 
17.8 
(16.1) 
20 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

(25.3)
28.3
8.8
—
—
2.6
(2.4)
11

The Company expects to contribute $4.9 million to the partially funded defined benefit plans and pay $20.3 million in benefits 
for the wholly unfunded plans in 2019.

(iii)   Long-term incentive, long-service leave, jubilee and other plans

The Company has long-term incentive plans with cash and share-based payments, long-service leave plans and jubilee plans 
in various countries around the world. As at December 31, 2018, $30.0 million (2017 – $0.3 million) of the total obligation of 
$42.3 million (2017 – $24.9 million) is classified as current, and reported in other payables. The expense for these plans was 
$27.4 million in 2018 (2017 – $18.1 million).

88

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 0.  P E R S O N N E L   E X P E N S E S

Wages and salaries 
Compulsory social security contributions 
Contributions to company-sponsored defined contribution plans 
Expenses related to defined benefit plans 
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions 

$ 

$ 

2018 

932.2 
119.2 
24.5 
22.0 
22.7 

2017

907.8
131.1
23.6
20.1
19.7

$ 

1,120.6 

$ 

1,102.3

2 1 .   I N C O M E   TA X   E X P E N S E

Current tax expense
Current tax on earnings before earnings in equity-accounted investments for the year 

Deferred tax expense (benefit) (note 14)
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Impact of tax rate changes  
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 

Total income tax expense  

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Combined Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates 

The income tax expense on the Company’s earnings differs from the amount  
  determined by the Company’s statutory rates as follows: 
Net earnings for the year 
Add: income tax expense 
Deduct: earnings in equity-accounted investments 

Earnings before income tax and equity-accounted investments 

Income tax using the Company’s domestic combined Canadian federal and  
  provincial income tax rates 
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 
Impact of tax rate changes 
Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences 
Losses and deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset was recognized 
Non-deductible expenses and other items 

Income tax recovery recognized directly in other comprehensive income   
Derivatives and foreign currency translation adjustments 
Actuarial gains 

Total income tax expense (recovery) recognized directly in other comprehensive income 

2018 

139.4 

21.5 
— 
(4.9) 

16.6 

156.0 

2018 

25.8% 

466.8 
156.0 
5.3 

617.5 

159.3 
(3.4) 
— 
(4.9) 
5.9 
(0.9) 

156.0 

(7.5) 
2.6 

(4.9) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2017

155.2

21.3
(44.3)
(4.3)

(27.3)

127.9

2017

25.27%

474.1
127.9
3.7

598.3

151.2
27.4
(44.3)
(4.3)
4.6
(6.7)

127.9

(1.3)
1.8

0.5

89

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was substantively enacted. The legislation, which was generally effective 
for tax years beginning on January 1, 2018, results in significant U.S. tax reform and revises the Internal Revenue Code by, 
among other things, lowering the corporate federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% and modifying how the U.S. taxes 
multinational entities. In 2017, the net impact of the revaluation of deferred tax balances due to the lowering of the corporate 
federal income tax rate from 35% to 21% resulted in a deferred income tax recovery recognized in the income statement of 
$40.0 million and a deferred tax expense recognized directly in the statement of changes in equity of $3.0 million. 

The Company is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the 
worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination 
is uncertain. The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional 
taxes will be due. If the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such 
differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination 
is made.

2 2 .  S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S

At December 31, 2018, the Company had four share-based compensation plans, which are described below:

(i)  Employee stock option plan

Under the employee stock option plan, the Company may grant options to employees, officers and directors of the Company. 
The Company does not grant options to independent directors. The exercise price of each option equals the market price 
of the Company’s stock on the date of grant, and an option’s maximum term is 10 years. Current options vest 25% one year 
from the grant date and 25% each subsequent year. The term of these options is five years from the grant date. In general, 
the grants are conditional upon continued employment. No market conditions affect vesting. Granted options are not entitled 
to dividends and may not be transferred or assigned by the option holder. 

For options and share awards granted for stock-based compensation, $22.2 million (2017 – $18.8 million) has been recognized 
in the financial statements as an expense with a corresponding offset to contributed surplus. The fair value of options granted 
has been estimated using the Black-Scholes model and the following assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividends 

2018 

1.90% 

2017

1.12%

3.5 years 

4.5 years

28% 

$ 

0.52 

$ 

28%

0.46

A summary of the status of the Company’s Employee Stock Option Plan as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and changes 
during the years ended on those dates, is presented below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 

Outstanding at end of year 

Options exercisable at end of year 

2018 

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Shares 
(in millions) 

2017 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

Shares 
(in millions) 

3.1 
0.8 
(0.8) 

3.1 

1.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

36.81 
66.87 
21.95 

48.94 

36.78 

3.1 
0.8 
(0.8) 

3.1 

0.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

26.26
58.03
15.83

36.81

25.35

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise in 2018 was $64.99 (2017 – $58.01). 

90

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes information about the employee stock options outstanding at December 31, 2018.

Range of 
Exercisable Prices 

$17.43–$34.00 
$34.01–$51.00 
$51.01–$66.87 

$17.43–$66.87 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Options 
Outstanding 
(in millions) 

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining  
  Contractual Life  

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price  

Options 
  Exercisable 
 (in millions) 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise Price 

0.7 
0.7 
1.7 

3.1 

0.9 years 
2.2 years 
3.7 years 

2.6 years 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

24.82 
43.90 
62.52 

48.94 

0.5 
0.3 
0.2 

1.0 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

23.46
43.90
58.03

36.78

(ii)  Deferred share units (“DSU”)

The Company maintains a deferred share unit plan. Under this plan, non-employee members of the Company’s Board of 
Directors may elect to receive DSUs, in lieu of cash remuneration, for director fees that would otherwise be payable to such 
directors or any portion thereof until DSU holdings of three times the base retainer have been achieved. The number of units 
received is equivalent to the fees earned and is based on the fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of the Company’s 
capital stock on the date of issue of the DSU. When dividends are paid on Class B non-voting shares of the Company, the 
equivalent value per DSU is calculated and the holder receives additional DSUs in lieu of actual cash dividends based on the 
fair market value of a Class B non-voting share of the Company. DSUs cannot be redeemed or paid out until such time as the 
director ceases to be a director. A DSU entitles the holder to receive, on a deferred payment basis, the number of Class B 
non-voting shares of the Company equating to the number of his or her DSUs on the redemption date. The Company accounts 
for the DSU plan as an equity-settled share-based payment transaction. 

The Company had 0.3 million DSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2018. The amount recognized as an expense in 2018 
totalled $0.8 million (2017 – $0.9 million).

(iii)  Restricted share units (“RSU”)

The Company has shares held in trust to be used to satisfy future employee benefits related to its long-term incentive plan 
as outlined in note 15. 

(iv)  Long-term retention plan (“LTRP”)

In 2017, the Company instituted a long-term retention plan. Under the plan, the Company provided a one-time retention 
incentive to four key executives totalling 0.3 million shares to be issued from treasury. The incentive vests 25% in each year 
beginning 2022 and ending 2025, inclusive. For LTRP, $2.3 million has been recognized as an expense with a corresponding 
offset to contributed surplus.

91

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
2 3 .  F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

(a)  Hedges of net investment in self-sustaining operations

US$0.0  million  (2017  –  US$129.0  million)  of  unsecured  notes,  US$123.8  million  (2017  –  US$235.3  million)  of  unsecured 
Rule  144A  bonds  and  US$718.0  million  (2017  –  US$685.0  million)  of  the  unsecured  syndicated  bank  credit  facilities   
(hedging  items)  have  been  used  to  hedge  the  Company’s  exposure  to  its  net  investment  in  self-sustaining  U.S.  dollar-
denominated  operations  (hedged  items)  with  a  view  to  reducing  foreign  exchange  fluctuations.  The  foreign  exchange 
effect of the unsecured notes, the unsecured Rule 144A bonds, the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities and the 
net investment in U.S. dollar-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive income. These have been and 
continue  to  be  100%  fully  effective  hedges  as  the  notional  amounts  of  the  hedging  items  equal  the  portion  of  the  net 
investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness has been recognized in the income statement.

£60.3 million (2017 – £60.3 million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging item) have been used to hedge 
the Company’s exposure to its net investment in self-sustaining UK pound sterling-denominated operations (hedged items) 
with a view to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of both the unsecured syndicated bank 
credit facilities and the net investment in UK pound sterling-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive 
income. This has been and continues to be a 100% fully effective hedge as the notional amount of the hedging item equals 
the portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness has been recognized in the income statement.

€223.2 million (2017 – €155.8 million) of the unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities (hedging item) have been used to 
hedge the Company’s exposure to its net investment in self-sustaining euro-denominated operations (hedged items) with a 
view to reducing foreign exchange fluctuations. The foreign exchange effect of both the unsecured syndicated bank credit 
facilities and the net investment in euro-denominated subsidiaries is reported in other comprehensive income. This has been 
and continues to be a 100% fully effective hedge as the notional amount of the hedging item equals the portion of the net 
investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness has been recognized in the income statement.

In  February  2017,  the  Company  converted  US$264.7  million  of  the  3.25%  unsecured  Rule  144A  bonds  (note  17)  into  
€250.0  million  1.23%  fixed  rate  debt  using  cross-currency  interest  rate  swap  agreements  (hedging  items;  “CCIRSAs”)  in  
order  to  hedge  its  euro-based  assets  and  cash  flows.  In  February  2018,  a  further  US$111.5  million  of  the  3.25%   
unsecured Rule 144A bonds (note 17) was converted into €90.0 million 1.16% fixed rate debt using CCIRSAs in order to 
hedge additional euro-based assets and cash flow. Fair value of these CCIRSAs was recorded in non-current liabilities when 
negative in value and non-current assets when positive in value. The offset was recorded in other comprehensive income. 
These have been and continue to be 100% fully effective hedges as the notional amounts of the hedging items equal the 
portion of the net investment balance being hedged. No ineffectiveness was recognized in the income statement in 2018.

Notional Principal Amount 

Interest Rate 

Fixed Rate 

Fixed Rate 

Paid 
(U$) 

Received 
 (€) 

2018 
(C$) 

Fair Value 
December 31 

2017 
(C$)  

Maturity 

Effective Date

 USD105.8 million  €  100.0 million 

3.25% 

1.24%    $  (16.3) million  $  (20.7) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  USD84.8 million   €  80.0 million 

3.25% 

1.20%    $  (12.7) million  $  (15.1) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  USD42.3 million   €  40.0 million 

3.25% 

1.21%    $ 

(6.6) million  $ 

(8.5) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  USD31.8 million  €  30.0 million 

3.25% 

1.29%    $ 

(5.0) million  $ 

(6.4) million 

October 1, 2026 

February 28, 2017

  USD62.1 million  €  50.0 million 

3.25% 

1.16%    $ 

5.5 million 

  USD49.4 million  €  40.0 million 

3.25% 

1.15%    $ 

3.6 million 

— 

— 

October 1, 2026 

February 21, 2018

October 1, 2026 

February 22, 2018

92

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)  Credit risk

Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at 
the reporting date was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other assets 
Derivative instruments   

Impairment losses

The aging of trade receivables at the reporting date was as follows:

Under 31 days 
Between 31 and 90 days  
Greater than 90 days 

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31, 
2017

$ 

589.1 
938.0 
18.8 
9.1 

$  

557.5
821.3
15.5
1.0

$ 

1,555.0 

$  

1,395.3

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

468.9 
336.0 
60.6 

865.5 

$ 

$ 

411.9
299.1
60.4

771.4

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at January 1 
Increase (decrease) during the year 

Balance at December 31  

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31, 
2017

$ 

$ 

16.6 
1.5 

18.1 

$ 

$ 

17.8
(1.2)

16.6

The Company believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of trade receivables not past due.

93

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)  Liquidity risk

Exposure to liquidity risk

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding the 
impact of netting agreements:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2018

Payments Due by Period

Carrying 
Amount

Carrying 
Amount

Contractual 
Cash Flows

0–6  
Months

6–12  
Months

1–2  
Years

2–5  
Years

More than  
5 Years

Non-derivative financial liabilities
$

Secured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured notes
Finance lease liabilities
Unsecured Rule 144A bonds
Unsecured Canadian bonds
Unsecured syndicated  
bank credit facility
Unsecured syndicated  
  bank term credit facility
Interest on unsecured  
  bank credit facilities
Interest on unsecured  
  Rule 144A bonds 
Interest on unsecured  
  Canadian bonds
Interest on other  
  long-term debt
Trade and other payables
Accrued post-employment 
  benefit liabilities
Operating leases

1.3 $
6.5
162.0
6.2
620.3
—

1.4 $
2.9
1.0
2.6
674.5
298.2

1.4 $
2.9
1.0
2.6
681.8
300.0

1,015.1

1,012.2

1,013.5

520.0

498.8

499.1

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

153.6*

188.4*

104.7*

0.3

0.5 $
1.4
1.0
0.8
—
—

—

32.7

24.5

5.6

3.3

0.2

1,018.4

1,223.4

1,223.4

1,223.4

*

—

*

—

149.5*

204.8

2.1

21.0

0.5 $
1.3
—
0.8
—
—

—

32.7

25.6

11.0

5.7

0.1

—

2.1

21.1

0.4 $
0.2
—
0.6
—
—

— $
—
—
0.4
—
—

—

1,013.5

433.7

34.1

22.2

11.6

—

—

15.4

34.5

—

69.4

66.5

34.8

—

—

42.3

59.4

—
—
—
—
681.8
300.0

—

—

—

83.1

49.3

—

—

87.6

68.8

Total contractual  
  cash obligations

$

3,349.8 $

3,715.0 $ 4,527.0 $

1,316.5 $

100.9 $ 

552.7 $

1,286.3 $

1,270.6

* 

  Accrued  long-term  employee  benefit  and  post-employment  benefit  liability  of  $50.8  million,  accrued  interest  of  $9.2  million  on  unsecured  notes, 
unsecured bonds, unsecured two-year term loan and unsecured syndicated credit facilities, and accrued interest of $1.6 million on derivatives are 
reported in trade and other payables in 2018 (2017: $10.1 million, $9.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively).

(d)  Currency risk

Exposure to currency risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows based on notional amounts:

Cash and cash equivalents   
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Long-term debt 

U.S. 
Dollar 

  167.1 
  250.9 
  318.0 
  841.9 

December 31,  
2018 

 December 31, 
2017

U.K. 
Pound  

16.4 
31.5 
33.8 
60.3 

Euro  

  110.2 
  133.7 
  158.4 
565.1 

U.S.  
Dollar  

  127.0 
  241.2 
  277.5 
 1,314.1 

U.K. 
Pound 

19.1 
28.4 
27.0 
60.3 

Euro

112.7
138.1
156.9
159.0

94

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity analysis

A five percent weakening of the Canadian dollar, as indicated below, against the following currencies at December 31 would 
have increased (decreased) equity and income by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, 
in particular interest rates, remain constant. 

Euro  
U.S. dollar 
U.K. pound 

2018 

(24.8) 
(21.2) 
0.9 

Equity 

2017 

(11.8) 
5.2 
0.9 

Income Statement

2017

0.2
4.0
0.3

2018 

0.6 
6.5 
0.4 

A five percent strengthening of the Canadian dollar against the above currencies at December 31 would have had the equal 
but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

(e)  Interest rate risk

An increase of 100 basis points in interest rates on the floating rate debt and cash equivalents as at the reporting date would 
decrease net income by $9.7 million (2017 – $11.4 million decrease). This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular 
foreign currency rates, remain constant. 

(f)  Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the statement of financial 
position, are as follows:

Assets carried at fair value: 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 

Assets carried at amortized cost:
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Liabilities carried at fair value: 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost: 
Trade and other payables 
Unsecured Rule 144A bonds 
Unsecured bonds 
Unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities  
Unsecured notes 
Other loans 
Finance lease liabilities   

  December 31,  
2018 

  December 31,  
2017

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Carrying  
Amount  

18.8 
9.1 

27.9 

938.0 
589.1 

1,527.1 

41.1 

41.1 

1,223.4 
674.5 
298.2 
1,511.0 
— 
5.3 
2.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value 

18.8 
9.1 

27.9 

938.0 
589.1 

1,527.1 

41.1 

41.1 

1,223.4 
636.7 
300.7 
1,511.0 
— 
5.3 
2.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Carrying  
Amount 

15.5 
1.0 

16.5 

821.3 
557.5 

1,378.8 

50.7 

50.7 

1,018.4 
620.3 
— 
1,535.1 
162.0 
7.8 
6.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Fair 
Value

15.5
1.0

16.5

821.3
557.5

1,378.8

50.7

50.7

1,018.4
591.8
—
1,535.1
168.3
7.8
6.2

$ 

3,715.0 

$ 

3,679.7 

$ 

3,349.8 

$ 

3,327.6

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 3.

The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows for the unsecured senior notes are based on the government yield 
curve at the reporting date plus an adequate credit spread.

95

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(g)  Fair value hierarchy

The table below summarizes the levels of hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities. 

The different levels have been defined as follows:

•  Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•   Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

•  Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

December 31, 2018 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial liabilities 

December 31, 2017 
Other assets 
Derivative financial assets 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial liabilities 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

18.8 
9.1 
— 
(41.1) 

$ 

— 
— 
(2,456.3) 
— 

$ 

18.8
9.1
(2,456.3)
 (41.1)

$ 

(13.2) 

$ 

(2,456.3) 

$ 

(2,469.5)

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

15.5 
1.0 
— 
(50.7) 

$ 

— 
— 
(2,309.2) 
— 

$ 

15.5
1.0
(2,309.2)
(50.7)

$ 

(34.2) 

$ 

(2,309.2) 

$ 

(2,343.4)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2 4 .  F I N A N C I A L   R I S K   M A N AG E M E N T

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

•  credit risk;

•  liquidity risk; and

•  market risk.

This note presents information about the Company’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Company’s objectives, policies 
and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Company’s management of capital. Further quantitative disclosures 
are included throughout these consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Company, to set 
appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are 
reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Company’s activities. The Company, through its training 
and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which 
all employees understand their roles and obligations.

96

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a)  Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers and investment securities.

The Company has established a credit policy under which each new customer is analyzed individually for creditworthiness 
before the Company’s payment and delivery terms and conditions are offered. The Company’s review includes external ratings, 
where available, and in some cases bank references. Purchase limits are established for each customer, which represent the 
maximum open amount without requiring approval from senior management; these limits are reviewed quarterly. Customers 
that fail to meet the Company’s benchmark creditworthiness may transact with the Company only on a prepayment basis.

The Company is potentially exposed to credit risk arising from derivative financial instruments if a counterparty fails to meet 
its obligations. These counterparties are large international financial institutions and, to date, no such counterparty has failed 
to meet its financial obligations to the Company. As at December 31, 2018, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arising from 
derivative financial instruments amounted to $9.1 million (2017 – $1.0 million).

(b)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company 
manages liquidity by monitoring expected cash flows and ensuring the availability of credit to ensure, as far as possible, 
that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The financial obligations of the Company 
include trade and other payables, long-term debts and other long-term items. The contractual maturity of trade payables is 
six months or less. Long-term debts have varying maturities extending to 2026. The Company has capacity to discharge its 
current liabilities from the continued cash flows from operations of the business, and an additional $589.1 million of cash-on-
hand and $619.8 million of available capacity within its syndicated bank credit facility at December 31, 2018. 

(c)  Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices, will 
affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management 
is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Company uses derivatives to manage market risks. Generally, the Company seeks to apply hedge accounting in order 
to manage volatility in profit or loss. The Company does not utilize derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

(i)  Currency risk

The Company operates internationally, giving rise to exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. The 
Company partially manages these exposures by contracting primarily in Canadian dollars, euros, U.K. pounds and U.S. dollars. 
Additionally, each subsidiary’s sales and expenses are primarily denominated in its local currency, further minimizing the 
foreign exchange impact on the operating results. 

In other cases, borrowings are done by non-Canadian dollar-based subsidiaries in their own functional currencies such that 
the principal and interest are denominated in a currency that matches the cash flows generated by those subsidiaries. These 
provide natural hedges that do not require the application of hedge accounting.

(ii)  Interest rate risk

The Company is exposed to market risk related to interest rate fluctuations on its debt. To mitigate this risk, the Company 
maintains a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

(iii)   Commodity price risk

Polypropylene is the most significant input cost for the Innovia Segment. It is traded in the market, with prices linked to the 
market price of natural gas and refining capacity. The Segment does not use derivative financial instruments to hedge its 
exposure to the volatility of polypropylene prices; therefore, movements must be managed and, where possible, passed 
along to the Segment’s customers. 

97

2018 Annual Report(d)  Capital management

The Company’s objective is to maintain a strong capital base throughout the economic cycle so as to maintain investor, 
creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. This capital structure supports the 
Company’s objective to provide an attractive financial return to its shareholders equal to that of its leading specialty packaging 
peers.

The Company defines capital as total equity and measures the return on capital (or return on equity) by dividing annual net 
earnings before goodwill impairment loss and restructuring and other items by the average of the beginning and the end-
of-year shareholders’ equity. In 2018, the return on capital was 20.0% (2017 – 24.0%) and was well within the range of the 
Company’s leading specialty packaging peers.

Management and the Board maintain a balance between the expected higher return on capital that might be possible with a 
higher level of financial debt and the advantages and security afforded by a lower level of financial leverage. 

The Company has provided a growing level of dividends to its shareholders over the last few years, generally related to its 
growth in earnings. Dividends are declared bearing in mind the Company’s current earnings, cash flow and financial leverage.

 There were no changes in the Company’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Company is subject to certain financial covenants on its unsecured syndicated bank credit facility. The Company monitors 
the ratios on a quarterly basis and, at December 31, 2018, was in compliance with all its covenants.

2 5.   C O M M I T M E N T S   A N D   C O N T I N G E N C I E S

(i)  Commitments 

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are payable as follows:

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

2018 

42.1 
93.9 
68.8 

$ 

2017

37.2
62.8
39.1

204.8 

$ 

139.1

$ 

$ 

The Company enters into operating leases in the ordinary course of business, primarily for real property and equipment. 
Payments and other terms for these leases vary per agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2018, $29.2 million was 
recognized as an expense in the income statement in respect of operating leases (2017 – $30.9 million). 

As  at  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  had  uncollateralized  surety  bonds  of  $74.2  million  primarily  to  the  Brazilian  Tax 
Authority in order to facilitate the appeal of tax reassessments. The Company intends to vigorously defend this claim, which 
the Company considers to be without merit and, accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter.

(ii)  Contingencies

In the normal course of operations, the Company and its subsidiaries may be subject to lawsuits, investigations and other 
claims, including environmental, labour, product, customer disputes and other matters. 

During 2018, the Federal Court of Australia awarded a judgment and costs against a subsidiary of the Company, CCL Secure 
Pty Ltd. (formerly Innovia Security Pty Ltd.) (“ISPL”), totalling A$70.0 million (C$67 million) finding a wrongful termination of 
an agency agreement with Benoy Berry and a company controlled by him, Global Secure Currency Ltd. (collectively “Berry”), 
an arm’s length third party in Nigeria. ISPL is appealing the judgment. As part of the appeals process, the Australian court 
mandated that the Company guarantee the entire judgment in order to stay execution of the judgment pending resolution 
of the appeal. The Company maintains a provision in its accounts of its estimate of the likely final award and liability of ISPL.

In the first quarter of 2019, a hearing on a jurisdictional issue is expected to be heard in respect of a lawsuit launched in 2011 
by Berry in Nigerian Federal Court against ISPL and Innovia Films Ltd. (collectively “IFL”), as well as other defendants not 
affiliated with ISPL. The lawsuit alleges that IFL and the co-defendants committed to building a banknote substrate plant in 
Nigeria and Berry seeks an order requiring IFL and the co-defendants to build the plant or, in lieu thereof, grant an award of 
total damages in the amount of €1.5 billion (C$2.3 billion). IFL intends to vigorously defend this claim, which the Company 
considers to be without merit and, accordingly, the Company has made no provision for the matter.

98

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Events surrounding these cases occurred at a time when the Reserve Bank of Australia had a 50% equity interest in ISPL. 

Management believes that adequate provisions for legal claims have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although 
it is not always possible to accurately estimate the result or magnitude of legal claims due to the various uncertainties involved 
in the legal process, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such pending matters, individually and in the 
aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on the Company, its business, financial position or liquidity.

2 6.   R E L AT E D   PA R T I E S

Beneficial ownership

The  directors  and  officers  of  CCL  Industries  Inc.  as  a  group  beneficially  own,  control,  or  direct,  directly  or  indirectly, 
approximately  11.2  million  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  Class  A  voting  shares,  representing  94.7%  of  the  issued  and 
outstanding Class A voting shares.

Loan guarantee

The Company has provided various loan guarantees for its joint ventures and associates totalling $46.3 million.

2 7.   K E Y   M A N AG E M E N T   P E R S O N N E L   C O M P E N SAT I O N

Short-term employee compensation and benefits 
Share-based compensation 
Post-employment benefits 

2 8 .   AC C U M U L AT E D   OT H E R   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E   ( LO S S )

Unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses), net of tax recovery of 
  $10.2 million (2017 – tax recovery of $3.9 million) 
Gains (losses) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, net of tax recovery of  
  $0.1 million (2017 – tax expense of $1.1 million) 

2018 

14.5 
6.4 
0.9 

21.8 

$ 

$ 

2017

12.1
20.8
0.9

33.8

2018 

2017

35.5 

$ 

(58.3)

(0.3) 

5.4

35.2 

$ 

(52.9)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

99

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 9.   R E S T R U C T U R I N G   A N D   OT H E R   I T E M S

Restructuring costs (i) 
Acquisition costs (ii) 
Other items (iii) 

Total restructuring and other items 

2018 

7.8 
3.7 
3.3 

$ 

14.8 

$ 

2017

24.3
2.6
(15.6)

11.3

$ 

$ 

(i)    In  2018,  the  CCL  Segment  recorded  $0.6  million,  income  increase,  representing  $0.9  million  for  severance-related 
expenditures for the security part of the Innovia acquisition offset by the reversal of $1.5 million of over accrued reorganization 
costs. In 2017, the CCL Segment recorded $6.5 million in restructuring costs, primarily related to severance costs for 
Innovia. 

   In 2018, the Avery Segment recorded $2.7 million (2017 – nil) in restructuring costs, which was for severance and other 

reorganization costs in the European operations. 

   In  2018,  the  Checkpoint  Segment  recorded  $4.6  million  in  restructuring  costs,  which  was  for  severance  and  other 
reorganization costs globally. In 2017, the Checkpoint Segment recorded $14.8 million in restructuring costs, primarily 
related to severance costs.

   In 2018, the Innovia Segment recorded $1.1 million in restructuring costs, for severance-related costs in their European 
operations. In 2017, the Innovia Segment recorded $3.0 million in restructuring costs, primarily related to severance 
costs.

(ii)   In 2018, acquisition costs totalled $3.7 million, primarily for the Treofan acquisition. In 2017, acquisition costs of $2.6 million 

were recorded primarily for the Innovia acquisition.

(iii)  In 2018, other expenses totalled $3.3 million, predominantly related to actuarial pension accruals at Innovia and legacy CCL 
U.K. operations. This non-cash expense is the result of a milestone legal judgement equalizing certain historical guaranteed 
minimum obligations for all U.K. defined benefit pension schemes.

  In 2017, Checkpoint recognized $15.6 million of income due to the reversal of a pre-acquisition legal accrual.

3 0.   S U B S E Q U E N T   E V E N T S

The Board of Directors has declared a dividend of $0.17 per Class B non-voting share and $0.1675 per Class A voting share, 
which will be payable to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 15, 2019, to be paid on March 29, 2019.

In January 2019, the Company announced it had completed two transactions, one for the CCL Segment, which acquired 
privately owned Olympic Holding B.V. and its related subsidiaries (“Olympic”), based in Venray, Netherlands, for approximately 
$13.5 million, and the second for the Avery Segment, which acquired privately owned Easy2Name Limited (“E2N”) based near 
Newbury in the UK for approximately $4.3 million.

On November 15, 2018, the Company agreed to acquire the privately owned Hinsitsu Screen (Vietnam) Company Limited, based 
in Hanoi, for approximately $12.4 million which is expected to complete by the end of 2019 first quarter.

100

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSYears ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (In millions of Canadian dollars, except per share information)2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S I X   Y E A R   F I N A N C I A L   S U M M A R Y 

(In millions of Canadian dollars, except share and ratio data)

Sales and Net Earnings 
Sales 
Depreciation and  
  amortization  
Finance cost/ 
  Interest expense  
Net earnings 
Basic net earnings  
  per Class B share 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Financial Position
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Working capital⁷ 
Total assets 
Net debt 
Shareholders’ equity 
$ 
Net debt to equity ratio   
Net debt to total  
  book capitalization 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013

$ 

5,161.5 

$ 

4,755.7 

$ 

3,974.7 

$ 

3,039.1 

$ 

2,585.6 

$ 

1,889.4

278.0 

80.7 
466.8¹ 

2.64¹ 

2,125.2 
1,346.9 
778.3 
7,027.6 
1,902.5 
2,673.1 
0.71 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

259.2 

75.2 
474.1² 

2.70² 

1,851.6 
1,299.7 
551.9 
6,144.0 
1,773.9 
2,157.9 
0.82 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

203.7 

37.9 
346.3³ 

1.98³ 

1,660.9 
907.0 
753.9 
4,678.8 
1,016.2 
1,775.2 
0.57 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

164.1 

25.6 
295.1⁴ 

1.70⁴ 

1,229.9 
912.8 
317.1 
3,582.3 
599.8 
1,621.9 
0.37 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

146.4 

25.6 
216.6⁵ 

1.26⁵ 

821.9 
600.2 
221.7 
2,618.4 
437.2 
1,216.2 
0.36 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

120.2

25.6
103.6⁶ 

0.61⁶

770.2
544.5
225.7
2,401.6
503.0
1,018.1
0.49

41.6% 

45.1% 

36.4%  

27.0% 

26.4% 

33.1%

Number of Shares (000,000s) 
Class A – Dec. 31 
Class B – Dec. 31 
Weighted average  
  for the year 

11.8 
165.9 

176.8 

11.8 
165.0 

175.8 

11.8 
164.1 

175.2 

11.8 
163.6 

173.6 

11.8 
161.6 

171.8 

11.8 
160.1

170.8 

Cash Flow
Cash provided by 
  operations 
Additions to plant, 
  property and  
  equipment 
Business acquisitions 
Dividends 
Dividends per  
  Class B share 

$ 

772.7 

$ 

711.2 

$ 

564.0 

$ 

475.3 

$ 

403.5 

$ 

333.7

352.9 
365.9 
92.2 

285.7 
1,191.4 
81.2 

234.7 
571.5 
70.2 

172.2 
356.7 
52.3 

153.7 
115.9 
37.9 

116.1 
528.3 
29.4

$ 

0.52 

$ 

0.46 

$ 

0.40 

$ 

0.30 

$ 

0.22 

$ 

0.17

¹  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $14.8 million.
²  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $11.3 million. 
³  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $34.6 million. 
⁴  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net gain of $6.0 million.
⁵  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net gain of $9.1 million.
⁶  After pre-tax restructuring and other items – net loss of $45.2 million.
⁷  Current assets less current liabilities.

101

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 0 1 8   B U S I N E S S   L E A D E R S H I P

North America

Europe

Asia Pacific

Jim Anzai
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Industries North Asia

Tokyo, Japan

Da Gang Li
Vice President, 
CCL Industries China

Shanghai, PR China

Kittipong Kulratanasinsuk
Vice President & Managing Director,  
CCL Label ASEAN 

Bangkok, Thailand

Mark Gentle
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Checkpoint & Meto Australia,  
New Zealand & ASEAN

Melbourne, Australia

John O’Brien
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Label Australia & New Zealand

Adelaide, Australia

Latin America 

Luis Jocionis
Vice President & Managing Director,  
CCL Industries South America

Sao Paolo, Brazil

Ben Lilienthal
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Industries Central America

Mexico City, Mexico

Günther Birkner
President, 
Food & Beverage,  
Healthcare & Specialty and  
Innovia Films Worldwide

Zurich, Switzerland 

Peter Fleissner
President, 
CCL Design Worldwide

Solingen, Germany 

Derek Cumming
Group Vice President,  
CCL Design Worldwide

East Kilbride, Scotland

Scott Mitchell-Harris
Group Vice President, 
Checkpoint Europe & Asia Pacific, 
Apparel Labeling Solutions Worldwide

Barcelona, Spain 

Erik Cardinaal
Vice President & General Manager, 
Apparel Labeling Solutions, 
Europe, Middle East and Africa

Terborg, Netherlands

Werner Ehrmann
Vice President, 
Technology Development

Holzkirchen, Germany

Mathias Maennel
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Healthcare & Specialty Europe

Oss, Netherlands

Jamie Robinson
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Home & Personal Care Europe

Castleford, U.K.

Reinhard Streit
Vice President & Managing Director, 
Food & Beverage Europe

Völkermarkt, Austria

Neil Sanders
Vice President & Managing Director, 
CCL Secure

Wigton, U.K.

Mark Cooper
President, 
Avery & METO Worldwide

Brea, California, U.S.A.

John Dargan
President,  
Checkpoint Worldwide

Thorofare, New Jersey, U.S.A.

Ben Rubino
President,  
Home & Personal Care Worldwide

Lumberton, New Jersey, U.S.A. 

Lee Pretsell
Group Vice President, 
Healthcare & Specialty Worldwide

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Stephan Finke
Vice President & General Manager, 
Food & Beverage North America

Sonoma, California, U.S.A.

Eric Frantz
Vice President Operations, 
Home & Personal Care North America

Hermitage, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

Bill Goldsmith
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Design North America

Schererville, Indiana, U.S.A.

Al Green
Vice President, 
Technology Development 

Clinton, South Carolina, U.S.A. 

Andy Iseli
Vice President & General Manager, 
CCL Tube

Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.

Jon Knight
Vice President & General Manager 
Innovia Films Americas

Winston-Salem, North Carolina, U.S.A.

Sandra Lane
Vice President, 
CCL Secure North America

Greensboro, North Carolina, U.S.A.

Allison Phillips
Vice President,  
Strategic Business Development 
Avery North America 

Brea, California, U.S.A.

102

2018 Annual Report2 0 1 8   C O R P O R AT E   E X E C U T I V E S

Donald G. Lang
Executive Chairman

Geoffrey T. Martin
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Anne Brayley
Vice President, Internal Audit

Suzana Furtado
Corporate Secretary

Kamal Kotecha
Vice President, Taxation

Mark McClendon
Vice President and  
General Counsel

James A. Sellors
Senior Vice President, 
CCL Industries Asia Pacific

Lalitha Vaidyanathan
Senior Vice President,  
Finance-IT-Human Resources,  
CCL Industries

Nick Vecchiarelli
Vice President,  
Corporate Accounting

2 0 1 8   B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Vincent J. Galifi
Director since 2016

Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 
Magna International Inc.  
Ontario, Canada

Edward E. Guillet
Director since 2008

Freelance Human Resources Consultant 
California, U.S.A.

Kathleen L. Keller-Hobson
Director since 2015

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Donald G. Lang
Director since 1991

Executive Chairman, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Ontario, Canada 

Erin M. Lang
Director since 2016

Managing Director, 
LUMAS Canada 
Ontario, Canada 

Stuart W. Lang
Director since 1991

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada 

Geoffrey T. Martin
Director since 2005

President and CEO, 
CCL Industries Inc. 
Massachusetts, U.S.A.

Douglas W. Muzyka
Director since 2016

Corporate Director 
Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

Monika Vodermaier
Vice President,  
Corporate Finance 
Europe

Sean P. Washchuk
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

Thomas C. Peddie
Director since 2003

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

Mandy Shapansky
Director since 2014

Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada

103

2018 Annual ReportS H A R E H O L D E R S ’   I N F O R M AT I O N

Auditors

KPMG LLP 
Chartered Professional Accountants

Legal Counsel

McMillan LLP

Transfer Agent 

AST Trust Company (Canada)
P.O. Box 700
Postal Station B
Montreal, QC H3B 3K3
Email: 
Investor Services:   (416) 682-3860 or (800) 387-0825
(888) 249-6189
Fax: 
www.astfinancial.com/ca-en
Website: 

inquiries@astfinancial.com

Financial Information

Institutional investors, analysts and registered representatives 
requiring additional information may contact:

Sean Washchuk
Senior Vice President and CFO
(416) 756-8526

Additional copies of this report can be obtained from:

CCL Industries Inc.
Investor Relations Department
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1
Tel: 
Fax: 
Email: 
Website:   

(416) 756-8500
(416) 756-8555
ccl@cclind.com
www.cclind.com

Annual Meeting of Shareholders

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders  
will be held on:
May 15, 2019 at 1:00 p.m.
CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road
Suite 801
Toronto, ON M2H 3R1

Class B Share Information

Stock Symbol CCL.B

Listed TSX 

Opening price 2018  
Closing price 2018  
Number of trades 
Trading volume (shares) 
Trading value 
Annual dividends declared 

Shares Outstanding at December 31, 2018

Class A voting shares 
Class B non-voting shares 

$57.66 
$50.06
453,689
76,423,644
$4,530,057,293
$0.52

11,836,250

165,921,000

m
o
c

.

s

l

l

i

m
n
a

y

r
b
.

w
w
w

.

d
t
L

s

l

l

i

M

n
a
y
r
B

y
b

d
e
n
g

i

s
e
D

104

This report is printed on recyclable, acid-free and chlorine free paper. 
Printed in Canada. 

2018 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 8

CCL Industries Inc.
111 Gordon Baker Road, Suite 801 
Toronto, ON  M2H 3R1, Canada
Tel +1 (416) 756 8500

161 Worcester Road
Framingham, MA 01701, U.S.A.
Tel +1 (508) 872 4511

www.cclind.com